| 1 | /* Read hp debug symbols and convert to internal format, for GDB. |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, |
| 3 | 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of GDB. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
| 10 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 19 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, |
| 20 | Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. |
| 21 | |
| 22 | Written by the Center for Software Science at the University of Utah |
| 23 | and by Cygnus Support. */ |
| 24 | |
| 25 | #include "defs.h" |
| 26 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 27 | #include "gdb_string.h" |
| 28 | #include "hp-symtab.h" |
| 29 | #include "syms.h" |
| 30 | #include "symtab.h" |
| 31 | #include "symfile.h" |
| 32 | #include "objfiles.h" |
| 33 | #include "buildsym.h" |
| 34 | #include "complaints.h" |
| 35 | #include "gdb-stabs.h" |
| 36 | #include "gdbtypes.h" |
| 37 | #include "demangle.h" |
| 38 | #include "solib-som.h" |
| 39 | #include "gdb_assert.h" |
| 40 | #include "hppa-tdep.h" |
| 41 | |
| 42 | /* Private information attached to an objfile which we use to find |
| 43 | and internalize the HP C debug symbols within that objfile. */ |
| 44 | |
| 45 | struct hpread_symfile_info |
| 46 | { |
| 47 | /* The contents of each of the debug sections (there are 4 of them). */ |
| 48 | char *gntt; |
| 49 | char *lntt; |
| 50 | char *slt; |
| 51 | char *vt; |
| 52 | |
| 53 | /* We keep the size of the $VT$ section for range checking. */ |
| 54 | unsigned int vt_size; |
| 55 | |
| 56 | /* Some routines still need to know the number of symbols in the |
| 57 | main debug sections ($LNTT$ and $GNTT$). */ |
| 58 | unsigned int lntt_symcount; |
| 59 | unsigned int gntt_symcount; |
| 60 | |
| 61 | /* To keep track of all the types we've processed. */ |
| 62 | struct type **dntt_type_vector; |
| 63 | int dntt_type_vector_length; |
| 64 | |
| 65 | /* Keeps track of the beginning of a range of source lines. */ |
| 66 | sltpointer sl_index; |
| 67 | |
| 68 | /* Some state variables we'll need. */ |
| 69 | int within_function; |
| 70 | |
| 71 | /* Keep track of the current function's address. We may need to look |
| 72 | up something based on this address. */ |
| 73 | unsigned int current_function_value; |
| 74 | }; |
| 75 | |
| 76 | /* Accessor macros to get at the fields. */ |
| 77 | #define HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o) \ |
| 78 | ((struct hpread_symfile_info *)((o)->deprecated_sym_private)) |
| 79 | #define GNTT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->gntt) |
| 80 | #define LNTT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->lntt) |
| 81 | #define SLT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->slt) |
| 82 | #define VT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->vt) |
| 83 | #define VT_SIZE(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->vt_size) |
| 84 | #define LNTT_SYMCOUNT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->lntt_symcount) |
| 85 | #define GNTT_SYMCOUNT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->gntt_symcount) |
| 86 | #define DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->dntt_type_vector) |
| 87 | #define DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH(o) \ |
| 88 | (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->dntt_type_vector_length) |
| 89 | #define SL_INDEX(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->sl_index) |
| 90 | #define WITHIN_FUNCTION(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->within_function) |
| 91 | #define CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->current_function_value) |
| 92 | |
| 93 | \f |
| 94 | /* We put a pointer to this structure in the read_symtab_private field |
| 95 | of the psymtab. */ |
| 96 | |
| 97 | struct symloc |
| 98 | { |
| 99 | /* The offset within the file symbol table of first local symbol for |
| 100 | this file. */ |
| 101 | |
| 102 | int ldsymoff; |
| 103 | |
| 104 | /* Length (in bytes) of the section of the symbol table devoted to |
| 105 | this file's symbols (actually, the section bracketed may contain |
| 106 | more than just this file's symbols). If ldsymlen is 0, the only |
| 107 | reason for this thing's existence is the dependency list. |
| 108 | Nothing else will happen when it is read in. */ |
| 109 | |
| 110 | int ldsymlen; |
| 111 | }; |
| 112 | |
| 113 | #define LDSYMOFF(p) (((struct symloc *)((p)->read_symtab_private))->ldsymoff) |
| 114 | #define LDSYMLEN(p) (((struct symloc *)((p)->read_symtab_private))->ldsymlen) |
| 115 | #define SYMLOC(p) ((struct symloc *)((p)->read_symtab_private)) |
| 116 | \f |
| 117 | /* Complaints about the symbols we have encountered. */ |
| 118 | static void |
| 119 | lbrac_unmatched_complaint (int arg1) |
| 120 | { |
| 121 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unmatched N_LBRAC before symtab pos %d"), |
| 122 | arg1); |
| 123 | } |
| 124 | |
| 125 | static void |
| 126 | lbrac_mismatch_complaint (int arg1) |
| 127 | { |
| 128 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, |
| 129 | _("N_LBRAC/N_RBRAC symbol mismatch at symtab pos %d"), arg1); |
| 130 | } |
| 131 | |
| 132 | /* To generate dumping code, uncomment this define. The dumping |
| 133 | itself is controlled by routine-local statics called "dumping". */ |
| 134 | /* #define DUMPING 1 */ |
| 135 | |
| 136 | /* To use the quick look-up tables, uncomment this define. */ |
| 137 | #define QUICK_LOOK_UP 1 |
| 138 | |
| 139 | /* To call PXDB to process un-processed files, uncomment this define. */ |
| 140 | #define USE_PXDB 1 |
| 141 | |
| 142 | /* Forward procedure declarations */ |
| 143 | |
| 144 | /* Used in somread.c. */ |
| 145 | void hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *); |
| 146 | |
| 147 | void do_pxdb (bfd *); |
| 148 | |
| 149 | void hpread_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *, int); |
| 150 | |
| 151 | void hpread_symfile_finish (struct objfile *); |
| 152 | |
| 153 | static void set_namestring (union dnttentry *sym, char **namep, |
| 154 | struct objfile *objfile); |
| 155 | |
| 156 | static union dnttentry *hpread_get_gntt (int, struct objfile *); |
| 157 | |
| 158 | static union dnttentry *hpread_get_lntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile); |
| 159 | |
| 160 | |
| 161 | static unsigned long hpread_get_textlow (int, int, struct objfile *, int); |
| 162 | |
| 163 | static struct partial_symtab *hpread_start_psymtab |
| 164 | (struct objfile *, char *, CORE_ADDR, int, |
| 165 | struct partial_symbol **, struct partial_symbol **); |
| 166 | |
| 167 | static struct partial_symtab *hpread_end_psymtab |
| 168 | (struct partial_symtab *, char **, int, int, CORE_ADDR, |
| 169 | struct partial_symtab **, int); |
| 170 | |
| 171 | static unsigned long hpread_get_scope_start (sltpointer, struct objfile *); |
| 172 | |
| 173 | static unsigned long hpread_get_line (sltpointer, struct objfile *); |
| 174 | |
| 175 | static CORE_ADDR hpread_get_location (sltpointer, struct objfile *); |
| 176 | |
| 177 | static int hpread_has_name (enum dntt_entry_type kind); |
| 178 | |
| 179 | static void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *); |
| 180 | |
| 181 | static void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *); |
| 182 | |
| 183 | static struct symtab *hpread_expand_symtab |
| 184 | (struct objfile *, int, int, CORE_ADDR, int, |
| 185 | struct section_offsets *, char *); |
| 186 | |
| 187 | static int hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer); |
| 188 | |
| 189 | static struct type **hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *); |
| 190 | |
| 191 | static struct type *hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *); |
| 192 | |
| 193 | static struct type *hpread_read_enum_type |
| 194 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *); |
| 195 | |
| 196 | static struct type *hpread_read_function_type |
| 197 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int); |
| 198 | |
| 199 | static struct type *hpread_read_doc_function_type |
| 200 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int); |
| 201 | |
| 202 | static struct type *hpread_read_struct_type |
| 203 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *); |
| 204 | |
| 205 | static struct type *hpread_get_nth_template_arg (struct objfile *, int); |
| 206 | |
| 207 | static struct type *hpread_read_templ_arg_type |
| 208 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, char *); |
| 209 | |
| 210 | static struct type *hpread_read_set_type |
| 211 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *); |
| 212 | |
| 213 | static struct type *hpread_read_array_type |
| 214 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, struct objfile *objfile); |
| 215 | |
| 216 | static struct type *hpread_read_subrange_type |
| 217 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *); |
| 218 | |
| 219 | static struct type *hpread_type_lookup (dnttpointer, struct objfile *); |
| 220 | |
| 221 | static sltpointer hpread_record_lines |
| 222 | (struct subfile *, sltpointer, sltpointer, struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR); |
| 223 | |
| 224 | static void hpread_process_one_debug_symbol |
| 225 | (union dnttentry *, char *, struct section_offsets *, |
| 226 | struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR, int, char *, int, int *); |
| 227 | |
| 228 | static int hpread_get_scope_depth (union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int); |
| 229 | |
| 230 | static void fix_static_member_physnames |
| 231 | (struct type *, char *, struct objfile *); |
| 232 | |
| 233 | static void fixup_class_method_type |
| 234 | (struct type *, struct type *, struct objfile *); |
| 235 | |
| 236 | static void hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (struct type *, int); |
| 237 | |
| 238 | static int hpread_adjust_stack_address (CORE_ADDR func_addr); |
| 239 | |
| 240 | static dnttpointer hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions |
| 241 | (int, dnttpointer, union dnttentry **, struct objfile *); |
| 242 | |
| 243 | \f |
| 244 | /* Static used to indicate a class type that requires a |
| 245 | fix-up of one of its method types */ |
| 246 | static struct type *fixup_class = NULL; |
| 247 | |
| 248 | /* Static used to indicate the method type that is to be |
| 249 | used to fix-up the type for fixup_class */ |
| 250 | static struct type *fixup_method = NULL; |
| 251 | |
| 252 | #ifdef USE_PXDB |
| 253 | |
| 254 | /* NOTE use of system files! May not be portable. */ |
| 255 | |
| 256 | #define PXDB_SVR4 "/opt/langtools/bin/pxdb" |
| 257 | #define PXDB_BSD "/usr/bin/pxdb" |
| 258 | |
| 259 | #include <stdlib.h> |
| 260 | #include "gdb_string.h" |
| 261 | |
| 262 | /* check for the existence of a file, given its full pathname */ |
| 263 | static int |
| 264 | file_exists (char *filename) |
| 265 | { |
| 266 | if (filename) |
| 267 | return (access (filename, F_OK) == 0); |
| 268 | return 0; |
| 269 | } |
| 270 | |
| 271 | |
| 272 | /* Translate from the "hp_language" enumeration in hp-symtab.h |
| 273 | used in the debug info to gdb's generic enumeration in defs.h. */ |
| 274 | static enum language |
| 275 | trans_lang (enum hp_language in_lang) |
| 276 | { |
| 277 | if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_C) |
| 278 | return language_c; |
| 279 | |
| 280 | else if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) |
| 281 | return language_cplus; |
| 282 | |
| 283 | else if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_FORTRAN) |
| 284 | return language_fortran; |
| 285 | |
| 286 | else |
| 287 | return language_unknown; |
| 288 | } |
| 289 | |
| 290 | static char main_string[] = "main"; |
| 291 | \f |
| 292 | |
| 293 | /* Given the native debug symbol SYM, set NAMEP to the name associated |
| 294 | with the debug symbol. Note we may be called with a debug symbol which |
| 295 | has no associated name, in that case we return an empty string. */ |
| 296 | |
| 297 | static void |
| 298 | set_namestring (union dnttentry *sym, char **namep, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 299 | { |
| 300 | /* Note that we "know" that the name for any symbol is always in the same |
| 301 | place. Hence we don't have to conditionalize on the symbol type. */ |
| 302 | if (! hpread_has_name (sym->dblock.kind)) |
| 303 | *namep = ""; |
| 304 | else if ((unsigned) sym->dsfile.name >= VT_SIZE (objfile)) |
| 305 | { |
| 306 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("bad string table offset in symbol %d"), |
| 307 | symnum); |
| 308 | *namep = ""; |
| 309 | } |
| 310 | else |
| 311 | *namep = sym->dsfile.name + VT (objfile); |
| 312 | } |
| 313 | |
| 314 | /* Call PXDB to process our file. |
| 315 | |
| 316 | Approach copied from DDE's "dbgk_run_pxdb". Note: we |
| 317 | don't check for BSD location of pxdb, nor for existence |
| 318 | of pxdb itself, etc. |
| 319 | |
| 320 | NOTE: uses system function and string functions directly. |
| 321 | |
| 322 | Return value: 1 if ok, 0 if not */ |
| 323 | static int |
| 324 | hpread_call_pxdb (const char *file_name) |
| 325 | { |
| 326 | char *p; |
| 327 | int status; |
| 328 | int retval; |
| 329 | |
| 330 | if (file_exists (PXDB_SVR4)) |
| 331 | { |
| 332 | p = xmalloc (strlen (PXDB_SVR4) + strlen (file_name) + 2); |
| 333 | strcpy (p, PXDB_SVR4); |
| 334 | strcat (p, " "); |
| 335 | strcat (p, file_name); |
| 336 | |
| 337 | warning (_("File not processed by pxdb--about to process now.")); |
| 338 | status = system (p); |
| 339 | |
| 340 | retval = (status == 0); |
| 341 | } |
| 342 | else |
| 343 | { |
| 344 | warning (_("pxdb not found at standard location: /opt/langtools/bin\ngdb will not be able to debug %s.\nPlease install pxdb at the above location and then restart gdb.\nYou can also run pxdb on %s with the command\n\"pxdb %s\" and then restart gdb."), file_name, file_name, file_name); |
| 345 | |
| 346 | retval = 0; |
| 347 | } |
| 348 | return retval; |
| 349 | } /* hpread_call_pxdb */ |
| 350 | \f |
| 351 | |
| 352 | /* Return 1 if the file turns out to need pre-processing |
| 353 | by PXDB, and we have thus called PXDB to do this processing |
| 354 | and the file therefore needs to be re-loaded. Otherwise |
| 355 | return 0. */ |
| 356 | static int |
| 357 | hpread_pxdb_needed (bfd *sym_bfd) |
| 358 | { |
| 359 | asection *pinfo_section, *debug_section, *header_section; |
| 360 | unsigned int do_pxdb; |
| 361 | char *buf; |
| 362 | bfd_size_type header_section_size; |
| 363 | |
| 364 | unsigned long tmp; |
| 365 | unsigned int pxdbed; |
| 366 | |
| 367 | header_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$HEADER$"); |
| 368 | if (!header_section) |
| 369 | { |
| 370 | return 0; /* No header at all, can't recover... */ |
| 371 | } |
| 372 | |
| 373 | debug_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$DEBUG$"); |
| 374 | pinfo_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$PINFO$"); |
| 375 | |
| 376 | if (pinfo_section && !debug_section) |
| 377 | { |
| 378 | /* Debug info with DOC, has different header format. |
| 379 | this only happens if the file was pxdbed and compiled optimized |
| 380 | otherwise the PINFO section is not there. */ |
| 381 | header_section_size = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, header_section); |
| 382 | |
| 383 | if (header_section_size == (bfd_size_type) sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header)) |
| 384 | { |
| 385 | buf = alloca (sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header)); |
| 386 | memset (buf, 0, sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header)); |
| 387 | |
| 388 | if (!bfd_get_section_contents (sym_bfd, |
| 389 | header_section, |
| 390 | buf, 0, |
| 391 | header_section_size)) |
| 392 | error (_("bfd_get_section_contents.")); |
| 393 | |
| 394 | tmp = bfd_get_32 (sym_bfd, (bfd_byte *) (buf + sizeof (int) * 4)); |
| 395 | pxdbed = (tmp >> 31) & 0x1; |
| 396 | |
| 397 | if (!pxdbed) |
| 398 | error (_("file debug header info invalid.")); |
| 399 | do_pxdb = 0; |
| 400 | } |
| 401 | |
| 402 | else |
| 403 | error (_("invalid $HEADER$ size in executable.")); |
| 404 | } |
| 405 | |
| 406 | else |
| 407 | { |
| 408 | |
| 409 | /* this can be three different cases: |
| 410 | 1. pxdbed and not doc |
| 411 | - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there |
| 412 | - header is PXDB_header type |
| 413 | - pxdbed flag is set to 1 |
| 414 | |
| 415 | 2. not pxdbed and doc |
| 416 | - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there |
| 417 | - header is DOC_info_header type |
| 418 | - pxdbed flag is set to 0 |
| 419 | |
| 420 | 3. not pxdbed and not doc |
| 421 | - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there |
| 422 | - header is XDB_header type |
| 423 | - pxdbed flag is set to 0 |
| 424 | |
| 425 | NOTE: the pxdbed flag is meaningful also in the not |
| 426 | already pxdb processed version of the header, |
| 427 | because in case on non-already processed by pxdb files |
| 428 | that same bit in the header would be always zero. |
| 429 | Why? Because the bit is the leftmost bit of a word |
| 430 | which contains a 'length' which is always a positive value |
| 431 | so that bit is never set to 1 (otherwise it would be negative) |
| 432 | |
| 433 | Given the above, we have two choices : either we ignore the |
| 434 | size of the header itself and just look at the pxdbed field, |
| 435 | or we check the size and then we (for safety and paranoia related |
| 436 | issues) check the bit. |
| 437 | The first solution is used by DDE, the second by PXDB itself. |
| 438 | I am using the second one here, because I already wrote it, |
| 439 | and it is the end of a long day. |
| 440 | Also, using the first approach would still involve size issues |
| 441 | because we need to read in the contents of the header section, and |
| 442 | give the correct amount of stuff we want to read to the |
| 443 | get_bfd_section_contents function. */ |
| 444 | |
| 445 | /* decide which case depending on the size of the header section. |
| 446 | The size is as defined in hp-symtab.h */ |
| 447 | |
| 448 | header_section_size = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, header_section); |
| 449 | |
| 450 | if (header_section_size == (bfd_size_type) sizeof (PXDB_header)) /* pxdb and not doc */ |
| 451 | { |
| 452 | |
| 453 | buf = alloca (sizeof (PXDB_header)); |
| 454 | memset (buf, 0, sizeof (PXDB_header)); |
| 455 | if (!bfd_get_section_contents (sym_bfd, |
| 456 | header_section, |
| 457 | buf, 0, |
| 458 | header_section_size)) |
| 459 | error (_("bfd_get_section_contents.")); |
| 460 | |
| 461 | tmp = bfd_get_32 (sym_bfd, (bfd_byte *) (buf + sizeof (int) * 3)); |
| 462 | pxdbed = (tmp >> 31) & 0x1; |
| 463 | |
| 464 | if (pxdbed) |
| 465 | do_pxdb = 0; |
| 466 | else |
| 467 | error (_("file debug header invalid.")); |
| 468 | } |
| 469 | else /*not pxdbed and doc OR not pxdbed and non doc */ |
| 470 | do_pxdb = 1; |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | |
| 473 | if (do_pxdb) |
| 474 | { |
| 475 | return 1; |
| 476 | } |
| 477 | else |
| 478 | { |
| 479 | return 0; |
| 480 | } |
| 481 | } /* hpread_pxdb_needed */ |
| 482 | |
| 483 | #endif |
| 484 | |
| 485 | /* Check whether the file needs to be preprocessed by pxdb. |
| 486 | If so, call pxdb. */ |
| 487 | |
| 488 | void |
| 489 | do_pxdb (bfd *sym_bfd) |
| 490 | { |
| 491 | /* The following code is HP-specific. The "right" way of |
| 492 | doing this is unknown, but we bet would involve a target- |
| 493 | specific pre-file-load check using a generic mechanism. */ |
| 494 | |
| 495 | /* This code will not be executed if the file is not in SOM |
| 496 | format (i.e. if compiled with gcc) */ |
| 497 | if (hpread_pxdb_needed (sym_bfd)) |
| 498 | { |
| 499 | /*This file has not been pre-processed. Preprocess now */ |
| 500 | |
| 501 | if (hpread_call_pxdb (sym_bfd->filename)) |
| 502 | { |
| 503 | /* The call above has changed the on-disk file, |
| 504 | we can close the file anyway, because the |
| 505 | symbols will be reread in when the target is run */ |
| 506 | bfd_close (sym_bfd); |
| 507 | } |
| 508 | } |
| 509 | } |
| 510 | \f |
| 511 | |
| 512 | |
| 513 | #ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP |
| 514 | |
| 515 | /* Code to handle quick lookup-tables follows. */ |
| 516 | |
| 517 | |
| 518 | /* Some useful macros */ |
| 519 | #define VALID_FILE(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->fd_entries) |
| 520 | #define VALID_MODULE(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->md_entries) |
| 521 | #define VALID_PROC(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->pd_entries) |
| 522 | #define VALID_CLASS(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->cd_entries) |
| 523 | |
| 524 | #define FILE_START(i) (qFD[i].adrStart) |
| 525 | #define MODULE_START(i) (qMD[i].adrStart) |
| 526 | #define PROC_START(i) (qPD[i].adrStart) |
| 527 | |
| 528 | #define FILE_END(i) (qFD[i].adrEnd) |
| 529 | #define MODULE_END(i) (qMD[i].adrEnd) |
| 530 | #define PROC_END(i) (qPD[i].adrEnd) |
| 531 | |
| 532 | #define FILE_ISYM(i) (qFD[i].isym) |
| 533 | #define MODULE_ISYM(i) (qMD[i].isym) |
| 534 | #define PROC_ISYM(i) (qPD[i].isym) |
| 535 | |
| 536 | #define VALID_CURR_FILE (curr_fd < pxdb_header_p->fd_entries) |
| 537 | #define VALID_CURR_MODULE (curr_md < pxdb_header_p->md_entries) |
| 538 | #define VALID_CURR_PROC (curr_pd < pxdb_header_p->pd_entries) |
| 539 | #define VALID_CURR_CLASS (curr_cd < pxdb_header_p->cd_entries) |
| 540 | |
| 541 | #define CURR_FILE_START (qFD[curr_fd].adrStart) |
| 542 | #define CURR_MODULE_START (qMD[curr_md].adrStart) |
| 543 | #define CURR_PROC_START (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart) |
| 544 | |
| 545 | #define CURR_FILE_END (qFD[curr_fd].adrEnd) |
| 546 | #define CURR_MODULE_END (qMD[curr_md].adrEnd) |
| 547 | #define CURR_PROC_END (qPD[curr_pd].adrEnd) |
| 548 | |
| 549 | #define CURR_FILE_ISYM (qFD[curr_fd].isym) |
| 550 | #define CURR_MODULE_ISYM (qMD[curr_md].isym) |
| 551 | #define CURR_PROC_ISYM (qPD[curr_pd].isym) |
| 552 | |
| 553 | #define TELL_OBJFILE \ |
| 554 | do { \ |
| 555 | if( !told_objfile ) { \ |
| 556 | told_objfile = 1; \ |
| 557 | warning (_("\nIn object file \"%s\":"), \ |
| 558 | objfile->name); \ |
| 559 | } \ |
| 560 | } while (0) |
| 561 | \f |
| 562 | |
| 563 | |
| 564 | /* Keeping track of the start/end symbol table (LNTT) indices of |
| 565 | psymtabs created so far */ |
| 566 | |
| 567 | typedef struct |
| 568 | { |
| 569 | int start; |
| 570 | int end; |
| 571 | } |
| 572 | pst_syms_struct; |
| 573 | |
| 574 | static pst_syms_struct *pst_syms_array = 0; |
| 575 | |
| 576 | static int pst_syms_count = 0; |
| 577 | static int pst_syms_size = 0; |
| 578 | |
| 579 | /* used by the TELL_OBJFILE macro */ |
| 580 | static int told_objfile = 0; |
| 581 | |
| 582 | /* Set up psymtab symbol index stuff */ |
| 583 | static void |
| 584 | init_pst_syms (void) |
| 585 | { |
| 586 | pst_syms_count = 0; |
| 587 | pst_syms_size = 20; |
| 588 | pst_syms_array = (pst_syms_struct *) xmalloc (20 * sizeof (pst_syms_struct)); |
| 589 | } |
| 590 | |
| 591 | /* Clean up psymtab symbol index stuff */ |
| 592 | static void |
| 593 | clear_pst_syms (void) |
| 594 | { |
| 595 | pst_syms_count = 0; |
| 596 | pst_syms_size = 0; |
| 597 | xfree (pst_syms_array); |
| 598 | pst_syms_array = 0; |
| 599 | } |
| 600 | |
| 601 | /* Add information about latest psymtab to symbol index table */ |
| 602 | static void |
| 603 | record_pst_syms (int start_sym, int end_sym) |
| 604 | { |
| 605 | if (++pst_syms_count > pst_syms_size) |
| 606 | { |
| 607 | pst_syms_array = (pst_syms_struct *) xrealloc (pst_syms_array, |
| 608 | 2 * pst_syms_size * sizeof (pst_syms_struct)); |
| 609 | pst_syms_size *= 2; |
| 610 | } |
| 611 | pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].start = start_sym; |
| 612 | pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end = end_sym; |
| 613 | } |
| 614 | |
| 615 | /* Find a suitable symbol table index which can serve as the upper |
| 616 | bound of a psymtab that starts at INDEX |
| 617 | |
| 618 | This scans backwards in the psymtab symbol index table to find a |
| 619 | "hole" in which the given index can fit. This is a heuristic!! |
| 620 | We don't search the entire table to check for multiple holes, |
| 621 | we don't care about overlaps, etc. |
| 622 | |
| 623 | Return 0 => not found */ |
| 624 | static int |
| 625 | find_next_pst_start (int index) |
| 626 | { |
| 627 | int i; |
| 628 | |
| 629 | for (i = pst_syms_count - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
| 630 | if (pst_syms_array[i].end <= index) |
| 631 | return (i == pst_syms_count - 1) ? 0 : pst_syms_array[i + 1].start - 1; |
| 632 | |
| 633 | if (pst_syms_array[0].start > index) |
| 634 | return pst_syms_array[0].start - 1; |
| 635 | |
| 636 | return 0; |
| 637 | } |
| 638 | \f |
| 639 | |
| 640 | |
| 641 | /* Utility functions to find the ending symbol index for a psymtab */ |
| 642 | |
| 643 | /* Find the next file entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return |
| 644 | its starting symbol index - 1. |
| 645 | QFD is the file table, CURR_FD is the file entry from where to start, |
| 646 | PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work). |
| 647 | |
| 648 | Return 0 => not found */ |
| 649 | static int |
| 650 | find_next_file_isym (int index, quick_file_entry *qFD, int curr_fd, |
| 651 | PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p) |
| 652 | { |
| 653 | while (VALID_CURR_FILE) |
| 654 | { |
| 655 | if (CURR_FILE_ISYM >= index) |
| 656 | return CURR_FILE_ISYM - 1; |
| 657 | curr_fd++; |
| 658 | } |
| 659 | return 0; |
| 660 | } |
| 661 | |
| 662 | /* Find the next procedure entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return |
| 663 | its starting symbol index - 1. |
| 664 | QPD is the procedure table, CURR_PD is the proc entry from where to start, |
| 665 | PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work). |
| 666 | |
| 667 | Return 0 => not found */ |
| 668 | static int |
| 669 | find_next_proc_isym (int index, quick_procedure_entry *qPD, int curr_pd, |
| 670 | PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p) |
| 671 | { |
| 672 | while (VALID_CURR_PROC) |
| 673 | { |
| 674 | if (CURR_PROC_ISYM >= index) |
| 675 | return CURR_PROC_ISYM - 1; |
| 676 | curr_pd++; |
| 677 | } |
| 678 | return 0; |
| 679 | } |
| 680 | |
| 681 | /* Find the next module entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return |
| 682 | its starting symbol index - 1. |
| 683 | QMD is the module table, CURR_MD is the modue entry from where to start, |
| 684 | PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work). |
| 685 | |
| 686 | Return 0 => not found */ |
| 687 | static int |
| 688 | find_next_module_isym (int index, quick_module_entry *qMD, int curr_md, |
| 689 | PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p) |
| 690 | { |
| 691 | while (VALID_CURR_MODULE) |
| 692 | { |
| 693 | if (CURR_MODULE_ISYM >= index) |
| 694 | return CURR_MODULE_ISYM - 1; |
| 695 | curr_md++; |
| 696 | } |
| 697 | return 0; |
| 698 | } |
| 699 | |
| 700 | /* Scan and record partial symbols for all functions starting from index |
| 701 | pointed to by CURR_PD_P, and between code addresses START_ADR and END_ADR. |
| 702 | Other parameters are explained in comments below. */ |
| 703 | |
| 704 | /* This used to be inline in hpread_quick_traverse, but now that we do |
| 705 | essentially the same thing for two different cases (modules and |
| 706 | module-less files), it's better organized in a separate routine, |
| 707 | although it does take lots of arguments. pai/1997-10-08 |
| 708 | |
| 709 | CURR_PD_P is the pointer to the current proc index. QPD is the |
| 710 | procedure quick lookup table. MAX_PROCS is the number of entries |
| 711 | in the proc. table. START_ADR is the beginning of the code range |
| 712 | for the current psymtab. end_adr is the end of the code range for |
| 713 | the current psymtab. PST is the current psymtab. VT_bits is |
| 714 | a pointer to the strings table of SOM debug space. OBJFILE is |
| 715 | the current object file. */ |
| 716 | |
| 717 | static int |
| 718 | scan_procs (int *curr_pd_p, quick_procedure_entry *qPD, int max_procs, |
| 719 | CORE_ADDR start_adr, CORE_ADDR end_adr, struct partial_symtab *pst, |
| 720 | char *vt_bits, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 721 | { |
| 722 | union dnttentry *dn_bufp; |
| 723 | int symbol_count = 0; /* Total number of symbols in this psymtab */ |
| 724 | int curr_pd = *curr_pd_p; /* Convenience variable -- avoid dereferencing pointer all the time */ |
| 725 | |
| 726 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 727 | /* Turn this on for lots of debugging information in this routine */ |
| 728 | static int dumping = 0; |
| 729 | #endif |
| 730 | |
| 731 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 732 | if (dumping) |
| 733 | { |
| 734 | printf ("Scan_procs called, addresses %x to %x, proc %x\n", start_adr, end_adr, curr_pd); |
| 735 | } |
| 736 | #endif |
| 737 | |
| 738 | while ((CURR_PROC_START <= end_adr) && (curr_pd < max_procs)) |
| 739 | { |
| 740 | |
| 741 | char *rtn_name; /* mangled name */ |
| 742 | char *rtn_dem_name; /* qualified demangled name */ |
| 743 | char *class_name; |
| 744 | int class; |
| 745 | |
| 746 | if ((trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language) == language_cplus) && |
| 747 | vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbAlias]) /* not a null string */ |
| 748 | { |
| 749 | /* Get mangled name for the procedure, and demangle it */ |
| 750 | rtn_name = &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbAlias]; |
| 751 | rtn_dem_name = cplus_demangle (rtn_name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS); |
| 752 | } |
| 753 | else |
| 754 | { |
| 755 | rtn_name = &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc]; |
| 756 | rtn_dem_name = NULL; |
| 757 | } |
| 758 | |
| 759 | /* Hack to get around HP C/C++ compilers' insistence on providing |
| 760 | "_MAIN_" as an alternate name for "main" */ |
| 761 | if ((strcmp (rtn_name, "_MAIN_") == 0) && |
| 762 | (strcmp (&vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], "main") == 0)) |
| 763 | rtn_dem_name = rtn_name = main_string; |
| 764 | |
| 765 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 766 | if (dumping) |
| 767 | { |
| 768 | printf ("..add %s (demangled %s), index %x to this psymtab\n", rtn_name, rtn_dem_name, curr_pd); |
| 769 | } |
| 770 | #endif |
| 771 | |
| 772 | /* Check for module-spanning routines. */ |
| 773 | if (CURR_PROC_END > end_adr) |
| 774 | { |
| 775 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
| 776 | warning (_("Procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] spans file or module boundaries."), rtn_name, curr_pd); |
| 777 | } |
| 778 | |
| 779 | /* Add this routine symbol to the list in the objfile. |
| 780 | Unfortunately we have to go to the LNTT to determine the |
| 781 | correct list to put it on. An alternative (which the |
| 782 | code used to do) would be to not check and always throw |
| 783 | it on the "static" list. But if we go that route, then |
| 784 | symbol_lookup() needs to be tweaked a bit to account |
| 785 | for the fact that the function might not be found on |
| 786 | the correct list in the psymtab. - RT */ |
| 787 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (qPD[curr_pd].isym, objfile); |
| 788 | if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global) |
| 789 | add_psymbol_with_dem_name_to_list (rtn_name, |
| 790 | strlen (rtn_name), |
| 791 | rtn_dem_name, |
| 792 | strlen (rtn_dem_name), |
| 793 | VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 794 | LOC_BLOCK, /* "I am a routine" */ |
| 795 | &objfile->global_psymbols, |
| 796 | (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart + /* Starting address of rtn */ |
| 797 | ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile))), |
| 798 | 0, /* core addr?? */ |
| 799 | trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language), |
| 800 | objfile); |
| 801 | else |
| 802 | add_psymbol_with_dem_name_to_list (rtn_name, |
| 803 | strlen (rtn_name), |
| 804 | rtn_dem_name, |
| 805 | strlen (rtn_dem_name), |
| 806 | VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 807 | LOC_BLOCK, /* "I am a routine" */ |
| 808 | &objfile->static_psymbols, |
| 809 | (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart + /* Starting address of rtn */ |
| 810 | ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile))), |
| 811 | 0, /* core addr?? */ |
| 812 | trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language), |
| 813 | objfile); |
| 814 | |
| 815 | symbol_count++; |
| 816 | *curr_pd_p = ++curr_pd; /* bump up count & reflect in caller */ |
| 817 | } /* loop over procedures */ |
| 818 | |
| 819 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 820 | if (dumping) |
| 821 | { |
| 822 | if (symbol_count == 0) |
| 823 | printf ("Scan_procs: no symbols found!\n"); |
| 824 | } |
| 825 | #endif |
| 826 | |
| 827 | return symbol_count; |
| 828 | } |
| 829 | |
| 830 | |
| 831 | /* Traverse the quick look-up tables, building a set of psymtabs. |
| 832 | |
| 833 | This constructs a psymtab for modules and files in the quick lookup |
| 834 | tables. |
| 835 | |
| 836 | Mostly, modules correspond to compilation units, so we try to |
| 837 | create psymtabs that correspond to modules; however, in some cases |
| 838 | a file can result in a compiled object which does not have a module |
| 839 | entry for it, so in such cases we create a psymtab for the file. */ |
| 840 | |
| 841 | static int |
| 842 | hpread_quick_traverse (struct objfile *objfile, char *gntt_bits, |
| 843 | char *vt_bits, PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p) |
| 844 | { |
| 845 | struct partial_symtab *pst; |
| 846 | |
| 847 | char *addr; |
| 848 | |
| 849 | quick_procedure_entry *qPD; |
| 850 | quick_file_entry *qFD; |
| 851 | quick_module_entry *qMD; |
| 852 | quick_class_entry *qCD; |
| 853 | |
| 854 | int idx; |
| 855 | int i; |
| 856 | CORE_ADDR start_adr; /* current psymtab's starting code addr */ |
| 857 | CORE_ADDR end_adr; /* current psymtab's ending code addr */ |
| 858 | CORE_ADDR next_mod_adr; /* next module's starting code addr */ |
| 859 | int curr_pd; /* current procedure */ |
| 860 | int curr_fd; /* current file */ |
| 861 | int curr_md; /* current module */ |
| 862 | int start_sym; /* current psymtab's starting symbol index */ |
| 863 | int end_sym; /* current psymtab's ending symbol index */ |
| 864 | int max_LNTT_sym_index; |
| 865 | int syms_in_pst; |
| 866 | B_TYPE *class_entered; |
| 867 | |
| 868 | struct partial_symbol **global_syms; /* We'll be filling in the "global" */ |
| 869 | struct partial_symbol **static_syms; /* and "static" tables in the objfile |
| 870 | as we go, so we need a pair of |
| 871 | current pointers. */ |
| 872 | |
| 873 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 874 | /* Turn this on for lots of debugging information in this routine. |
| 875 | You get a blow-by-blow account of quick lookup table reading */ |
| 876 | static int dumping = 0; |
| 877 | #endif |
| 878 | |
| 879 | pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0; |
| 880 | |
| 881 | /* Clear out some globals */ |
| 882 | init_pst_syms (); |
| 883 | told_objfile = 0; |
| 884 | |
| 885 | /* Demangling style -- if EDG style already set, don't change it, |
| 886 | as HP style causes some problems with the KAI EDG compiler */ |
| 887 | if (current_demangling_style != edg_demangling) |
| 888 | { |
| 889 | /* Otherwise, ensure that we are using HP style demangling */ |
| 890 | set_demangling_style (HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING); |
| 891 | } |
| 892 | |
| 893 | /* First we need to find the starting points of the quick |
| 894 | look-up tables in the GNTT. */ |
| 895 | |
| 896 | addr = gntt_bits; |
| 897 | |
| 898 | qPD = (quick_procedure_entry_ptr) addr; |
| 899 | addr += pxdb_header_p->pd_entries * sizeof (quick_procedure_entry); |
| 900 | |
| 901 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 902 | if (dumping) |
| 903 | { |
| 904 | printf ("\n Printing routines as we see them\n"); |
| 905 | for (i = 0; VALID_PROC (i); i++) |
| 906 | { |
| 907 | idx = (long) qPD[i].sbProc; |
| 908 | printf ("%s %x..%x\n", &vt_bits[idx], |
| 909 | (int) PROC_START (i), |
| 910 | (int) PROC_END (i)); |
| 911 | } |
| 912 | } |
| 913 | #endif |
| 914 | |
| 915 | qFD = (quick_file_entry_ptr) addr; |
| 916 | addr += pxdb_header_p->fd_entries * sizeof (quick_file_entry); |
| 917 | |
| 918 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 919 | if (dumping) |
| 920 | { |
| 921 | printf ("\n Printing files as we see them\n"); |
| 922 | for (i = 0; VALID_FILE (i); i++) |
| 923 | { |
| 924 | idx = (long) qFD[i].sbFile; |
| 925 | printf ("%s %x..%x\n", &vt_bits[idx], |
| 926 | (int) FILE_START (i), |
| 927 | (int) FILE_END (i)); |
| 928 | } |
| 929 | } |
| 930 | #endif |
| 931 | |
| 932 | qMD = (quick_module_entry_ptr) addr; |
| 933 | addr += pxdb_header_p->md_entries * sizeof (quick_module_entry); |
| 934 | |
| 935 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 936 | if (dumping) |
| 937 | { |
| 938 | printf ("\n Printing modules as we see them\n"); |
| 939 | for (i = 0; i < pxdb_header_p->md_entries; i++) |
| 940 | { |
| 941 | idx = (long) qMD[i].sbMod; |
| 942 | printf ("%s\n", &vt_bits[idx]); |
| 943 | } |
| 944 | } |
| 945 | #endif |
| 946 | |
| 947 | qCD = (quick_class_entry_ptr) addr; |
| 948 | addr += pxdb_header_p->cd_entries * sizeof (quick_class_entry); |
| 949 | |
| 950 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 951 | if (dumping) |
| 952 | { |
| 953 | printf ("\n Printing classes as we see them\n"); |
| 954 | for (i = 0; VALID_CLASS (i); i++) |
| 955 | { |
| 956 | idx = (long) qCD[i].sbClass; |
| 957 | printf ("%s\n", &vt_bits[idx]); |
| 958 | } |
| 959 | |
| 960 | printf ("\n Done with dump, on to build!\n"); |
| 961 | } |
| 962 | #endif |
| 963 | |
| 964 | /* We need this index only while hp-symtab-read.c expects |
| 965 | a byte offset to the end of the LNTT entries for a given |
| 966 | psymtab. Thus the need for it should go away someday. |
| 967 | |
| 968 | When it goes away, then we won't have any need to load the |
| 969 | LNTT from the objfile at psymtab-time, and start-up will be |
| 970 | faster. To make that work, we'll need some way to create |
| 971 | a null pst for the "globals" pseudo-module. */ |
| 972 | max_LNTT_sym_index = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile); |
| 973 | |
| 974 | /* Scan the module descriptors and make a psymtab for each. |
| 975 | |
| 976 | We know the MDs, FDs and the PDs are in order by starting |
| 977 | address. We use that fact to traverse all three arrays in |
| 978 | parallel, knowing when the next PD is in a new file |
| 979 | and we need to create a new psymtab. */ |
| 980 | curr_pd = 0; /* Current procedure entry */ |
| 981 | curr_fd = 0; /* Current file entry */ |
| 982 | curr_md = 0; /* Current module entry */ |
| 983 | |
| 984 | start_adr = 0; /* Current psymtab code range */ |
| 985 | end_adr = 0; |
| 986 | |
| 987 | start_sym = 0; /* Current psymtab symbol range */ |
| 988 | end_sym = 0; |
| 989 | |
| 990 | syms_in_pst = 0; /* Symbol count for psymtab */ |
| 991 | |
| 992 | /* Psts actually just have pointers into the objfile's |
| 993 | symbol table, not their own symbol tables. */ |
| 994 | global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.list; |
| 995 | static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.list; |
| 996 | |
| 997 | |
| 998 | /* First skip over pseudo-entries with address 0. These represent inlined |
| 999 | routines and abstract (uninstantiated) template routines. |
| 1000 | FIXME: These should be read in and available -- even if we can't set |
| 1001 | breakpoints, etc., there's some information that can be presented |
| 1002 | to the user. pai/1997-10-08 */ |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | while (VALID_CURR_PROC && (CURR_PROC_START == 0)) |
| 1005 | curr_pd++; |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | /* Loop over files, modules, and procedures in code address order. Each |
| 1008 | time we enter an iteration of this loop, curr_pd points to the first |
| 1009 | unprocessed procedure, curr_fd points to the first unprocessed file, and |
| 1010 | curr_md to the first unprocessed module. Each iteration of this loop |
| 1011 | updates these as required -- any or all of them may be bumpd up |
| 1012 | each time around. When we exit this loop, we are done with all files |
| 1013 | and modules in the tables -- there may still be some procedures, however. |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | Note: This code used to loop only over module entries, under the assumption |
| 1016 | that files can occur via inclusions and are thus unreliable, while a |
| 1017 | compiled object always corresponds to a module. With CTTI in the HP aCC |
| 1018 | compiler, it turns out that compiled objects may have only files and no |
| 1019 | modules; so we have to loop over files and modules, creating psymtabs for |
| 1020 | either as appropriate. Unfortunately there are some problems (notably: |
| 1021 | 1. the lack of "SRC_FILE_END" entries in the LNTT, 2. the lack of pointers |
| 1022 | to the ending symbol indices of a module or a file) which make it quite hard |
| 1023 | to do this correctly. Currently it uses a bunch of heuristics to start and |
| 1024 | end psymtabs; they seem to work well with most objects generated by aCC, but |
| 1025 | who knows when that will change... */ |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 | while (VALID_CURR_FILE || VALID_CURR_MODULE) |
| 1028 | { |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | char *mod_name_string = NULL; |
| 1031 | char *full_name_string; |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | /* First check for modules like "version.c", which have no code |
| 1034 | in them but still have qMD entries. They also have no qFD or |
| 1035 | qPD entries. Their start address is -1 and their end address |
| 1036 | is 0. */ |
| 1037 | if (VALID_CURR_MODULE && (CURR_MODULE_START == -1) && (CURR_MODULE_END == 0)) |
| 1038 | { |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 | mod_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qMD[curr_md].sbMod]; |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1043 | if (dumping) |
| 1044 | printf ("Module with data only %s\n", mod_name_string); |
| 1045 | #endif |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | /* We'll skip the rest (it makes error-checking easier), and |
| 1048 | just make an empty pst. Right now empty psts are not put |
| 1049 | in the pst chain, so all this is for naught, but later it |
| 1050 | might help. */ |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, |
| 1053 | mod_name_string, |
| 1054 | CURR_MODULE_START, /* Low text address: bogus! */ |
| 1055 | (CURR_MODULE_ISYM * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 1056 | /* ldsymoff */ |
| 1057 | global_syms, |
| 1058 | static_syms); |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst, |
| 1061 | NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */ |
| 1062 | 0, /* includes_used */ |
| 1063 | end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), |
| 1064 | /* byte index in LNTT of end |
| 1065 | = capping symbol offset |
| 1066 | = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */ |
| 1067 | 0, /* text high */ |
| 1068 | NULL, /* dependency_list */ |
| 1069 | 0); /* dependencies_used */ |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next; |
| 1072 | static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next; |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 | curr_md++; |
| 1075 | } |
| 1076 | else if (VALID_CURR_MODULE && |
| 1077 | ((CURR_MODULE_START == 0) || (CURR_MODULE_START == -1) || |
| 1078 | (CURR_MODULE_END == 0) || (CURR_MODULE_END == -1))) |
| 1079 | { |
| 1080 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
| 1081 | warning (_("Module \"%s\" [0x%s] has non-standard addresses. It starts at 0x%s, ends at 0x%s, and will be skipped."), |
| 1082 | mod_name_string, paddr_nz (curr_md), paddr_nz (start_adr), paddr_nz (end_adr)); |
| 1083 | /* On to next module */ |
| 1084 | curr_md++; |
| 1085 | } |
| 1086 | else |
| 1087 | { |
| 1088 | /* First check if we are looking at a file with code in it |
| 1089 | that does not overlap the current module's code range */ |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | if (VALID_CURR_FILE ? (VALID_CURR_MODULE ? (CURR_FILE_END < CURR_MODULE_START) : 1) : 0) |
| 1092 | { |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 | /* Looking at file not corresponding to any module, |
| 1095 | create a psymtab for it */ |
| 1096 | full_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile]; |
| 1097 | start_adr = CURR_FILE_START; |
| 1098 | end_adr = CURR_FILE_END; |
| 1099 | start_sym = CURR_FILE_ISYM; |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | /* Check if there are any procedures not handled until now, that |
| 1102 | begin before the start address of this file, and if so, adjust |
| 1103 | this module's start address to include them. This handles routines that |
| 1104 | are in between file or module ranges for some reason (probably |
| 1105 | indicates a compiler bug */ |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | if (CURR_PROC_START < start_adr) |
| 1108 | { |
| 1109 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
| 1110 | warning (_("Found procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] that is not in any file or module."), |
| 1111 | &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], curr_pd); |
| 1112 | start_adr = CURR_PROC_START; |
| 1113 | if (CURR_PROC_ISYM < start_sym) |
| 1114 | start_sym = CURR_PROC_ISYM; |
| 1115 | } |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | /* Sometimes (compiler bug -- COBOL) the module end address is higher |
| 1118 | than the start address of the next module, so check for that and |
| 1119 | adjust accordingly */ |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | if (VALID_FILE (curr_fd + 1) && (FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) <= end_adr)) |
| 1122 | { |
| 1123 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
| 1124 | warning (_("File \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next file; adjusting ending address down."), |
| 1125 | full_name_string, curr_fd); |
| 1126 | end_adr = FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */ |
| 1127 | } |
| 1128 | if (VALID_MODULE (curr_md) && (CURR_MODULE_START <= end_adr)) |
| 1129 | { |
| 1130 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
| 1131 | warning (_("File \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next module; adjusting ending address down."), |
| 1132 | full_name_string, curr_fd); |
| 1133 | end_adr = CURR_MODULE_START - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */ |
| 1134 | } |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1138 | if (dumping) |
| 1139 | { |
| 1140 | printf ("Make new psymtab for file %s (%x to %x).\n", |
| 1141 | full_name_string, start_adr, end_adr); |
| 1142 | } |
| 1143 | #endif |
| 1144 | /* Create the basic psymtab, connecting it in the list |
| 1145 | for this objfile and pointing its symbol entries |
| 1146 | to the current end of the symbol areas in the objfile. |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | The "ldsymoff" parameter is the byte offset in the LNTT |
| 1149 | of the first symbol in this file. Some day we should |
| 1150 | turn this into an index (fix in hp-symtab-read.c as well). |
| 1151 | And it's not even the right byte offset, as we're using |
| 1152 | the size of a union! FIXME! */ |
| 1153 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, |
| 1154 | full_name_string, |
| 1155 | start_adr, /* Low text address */ |
| 1156 | (start_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 1157 | /* ldsymoff */ |
| 1158 | global_syms, |
| 1159 | static_syms); |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | /* Set up to only enter each class referenced in this module once. */ |
| 1162 | class_entered = xmalloc (B_BYTES (pxdb_header_p->cd_entries)); |
| 1163 | B_CLRALL (class_entered, pxdb_header_p->cd_entries); |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | /* Scan the procedure descriptors for procedures in the current |
| 1166 | file, based on the starting addresses. */ |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | syms_in_pst = scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries, |
| 1169 | start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile); |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | /* Get ending symbol offset */ |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 | end_sym = 0; |
| 1174 | /* First check for starting index before previous psymtab */ |
| 1175 | if (pst_syms_count && start_sym < pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end) |
| 1176 | { |
| 1177 | end_sym = find_next_pst_start (start_sym); |
| 1178 | } |
| 1179 | /* Look for next start index of a file or module, or procedure */ |
| 1180 | if (!end_sym) |
| 1181 | { |
| 1182 | int next_file_isym = find_next_file_isym (start_sym, qFD, curr_fd + 1, pxdb_header_p); |
| 1183 | int next_module_isym = find_next_module_isym (start_sym, qMD, curr_md, pxdb_header_p); |
| 1184 | int next_proc_isym = find_next_proc_isym (start_sym, qPD, curr_pd, pxdb_header_p); |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | if (next_file_isym && next_module_isym) |
| 1187 | { |
| 1188 | /* pick lower of next file or module start index */ |
| 1189 | end_sym = min (next_file_isym, next_module_isym); |
| 1190 | } |
| 1191 | else |
| 1192 | { |
| 1193 | /* one of them is zero, pick the other */ |
| 1194 | end_sym = max (next_file_isym, next_module_isym); |
| 1195 | } |
| 1196 | |
| 1197 | /* As a precaution, check next procedure index too */ |
| 1198 | if (!end_sym) |
| 1199 | end_sym = next_proc_isym; |
| 1200 | else |
| 1201 | end_sym = min (end_sym, next_proc_isym); |
| 1202 | } |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 | /* Couldn't find procedure, file, or module, use globals as default */ |
| 1205 | if (!end_sym) |
| 1206 | end_sym = pxdb_header_p->globals; |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1209 | if (dumping) |
| 1210 | { |
| 1211 | printf ("File psymtab indices: %x to %x\n", start_sym, end_sym); |
| 1212 | } |
| 1213 | #endif |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst, |
| 1216 | NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */ |
| 1217 | 0, /* includes_used */ |
| 1218 | end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), |
| 1219 | /* byte index in LNTT of end |
| 1220 | = capping symbol offset |
| 1221 | = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */ |
| 1222 | end_adr, /* text high */ |
| 1223 | NULL, /* dependency_list */ |
| 1224 | 0); /* dependencies_used */ |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | record_pst_syms (start_sym, end_sym); |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 | if (NULL == pst) |
| 1229 | warning (_("No symbols in psymtab for file \"%s\" [0x%x]."), full_name_string, curr_fd); |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1232 | if (dumping) |
| 1233 | { |
| 1234 | printf ("Made new psymtab for file %s (%x to %x), sym %x to %x.\n", |
| 1235 | full_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, CURR_FILE_ISYM, end_sym); |
| 1236 | } |
| 1237 | #endif |
| 1238 | /* Prepare for the next psymtab. */ |
| 1239 | global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next; |
| 1240 | static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next; |
| 1241 | xfree (class_entered); |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 | curr_fd++; |
| 1244 | } /* Psymtab for file */ |
| 1245 | else |
| 1246 | { |
| 1247 | /* We have a module for which we create a psymtab */ |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | mod_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qMD[curr_md].sbMod]; |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 | /* We will include the code ranges of any files that happen to |
| 1252 | overlap with this module */ |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 | /* So, first pick the lower of the file's and module's start addresses */ |
| 1255 | start_adr = CURR_MODULE_START; |
| 1256 | if (VALID_CURR_FILE) |
| 1257 | { |
| 1258 | if (CURR_FILE_START < CURR_MODULE_START) |
| 1259 | { |
| 1260 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
| 1261 | warning (_("File \"%s\" [0x%x] crosses beginning of module \"%s\"."), |
| 1262 | &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile], |
| 1263 | curr_fd, mod_name_string); |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 | start_adr = CURR_FILE_START; |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | } |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 | /* Also pick the lower of the file's and the module's start symbol indices */ |
| 1270 | start_sym = CURR_MODULE_ISYM; |
| 1271 | if (VALID_CURR_FILE && (CURR_FILE_ISYM < CURR_MODULE_ISYM)) |
| 1272 | start_sym = CURR_FILE_ISYM; |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 | /* For the end address, we scan through the files till we find one |
| 1275 | that overlaps the current module but ends beyond it; if no such file exists we |
| 1276 | simply use the module's start address. |
| 1277 | (Note, if file entries themselves overlap |
| 1278 | we take the longest overlapping extension beyond the end of the module...) |
| 1279 | We assume that modules never overlap. */ |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | end_adr = CURR_MODULE_END; |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | if (VALID_CURR_FILE) |
| 1284 | { |
| 1285 | while (VALID_CURR_FILE && (CURR_FILE_START < end_adr)) |
| 1286 | { |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1289 | if (dumping) |
| 1290 | printf ("Maybe skipping file %s which overlaps with module %s\n", |
| 1291 | &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile], mod_name_string); |
| 1292 | #endif |
| 1293 | if (CURR_FILE_END > end_adr) |
| 1294 | { |
| 1295 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
| 1296 | warning (_("File \"%s\" [0x%x] crosses end of module \"%s\"."), |
| 1297 | &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile], |
| 1298 | curr_fd, mod_name_string); |
| 1299 | end_adr = CURR_FILE_END; |
| 1300 | } |
| 1301 | curr_fd++; |
| 1302 | } |
| 1303 | curr_fd--; /* back up after going too far */ |
| 1304 | } |
| 1305 | |
| 1306 | /* Sometimes (compiler bug -- COBOL) the module end address is higher |
| 1307 | than the start address of the next module, so check for that and |
| 1308 | adjust accordingly */ |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | if (VALID_MODULE (curr_md + 1) && (MODULE_START (curr_md + 1) <= end_adr)) |
| 1311 | { |
| 1312 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
| 1313 | warning (_("Module \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next module; adjusting ending address down."), |
| 1314 | mod_name_string, curr_md); |
| 1315 | end_adr = MODULE_START (curr_md + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */ |
| 1316 | } |
| 1317 | if (VALID_FILE (curr_fd + 1) && (FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) <= end_adr)) |
| 1318 | { |
| 1319 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
| 1320 | warning (_("Module \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next file; adjusting ending address down."), |
| 1321 | mod_name_string, curr_md); |
| 1322 | end_adr = FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */ |
| 1323 | } |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 | /* Use one file to get the full name for the module. This |
| 1326 | situation can arise if there is executable code in a #include |
| 1327 | file. Each file with code in it gets a qFD. Files which don't |
| 1328 | contribute code don't get a qFD, even if they include files |
| 1329 | which do, e.g.: |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | body.c: rtn.h: |
| 1332 | int x; int main() { |
| 1333 | #include "rtn.h" return x; |
| 1334 | } |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | There will a qFD for "rtn.h",and a qMD for "body.c", |
| 1337 | but no qMD for "rtn.h" or qFD for "body.c"! |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 | We pick the name of the last file to overlap with this |
| 1340 | module. C convention is to put include files first. In a |
| 1341 | perfect world, we could check names and use the file whose full |
| 1342 | path name ends with the module name. */ |
| 1343 | |
| 1344 | if (VALID_CURR_FILE) |
| 1345 | full_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile]; |
| 1346 | else |
| 1347 | full_name_string = mod_name_string; |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | /* Check if there are any procedures not handled until now, that |
| 1350 | begin before the start address we have now, and if so, adjust |
| 1351 | this psymtab's start address to include them. This handles routines that |
| 1352 | are in between file or module ranges for some reason (probably |
| 1353 | indicates a compiler bug */ |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | if (CURR_PROC_START < start_adr) |
| 1356 | { |
| 1357 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
| 1358 | warning (_("Found procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] that is not in any file or module."), |
| 1359 | &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], curr_pd); |
| 1360 | start_adr = CURR_PROC_START; |
| 1361 | if (CURR_PROC_ISYM < start_sym) |
| 1362 | start_sym = CURR_PROC_ISYM; |
| 1363 | } |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1366 | if (dumping) |
| 1367 | { |
| 1368 | printf ("Make new psymtab for module %s (%x to %x), using file %s\n", |
| 1369 | mod_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, full_name_string); |
| 1370 | } |
| 1371 | #endif |
| 1372 | /* Create the basic psymtab, connecting it in the list |
| 1373 | for this objfile and pointing its symbol entries |
| 1374 | to the current end of the symbol areas in the objfile. |
| 1375 | |
| 1376 | The "ldsymoff" parameter is the byte offset in the LNTT |
| 1377 | of the first symbol in this file. Some day we should |
| 1378 | turn this into an index (fix in hp-symtab-read.c as well). |
| 1379 | And it's not even the right byte offset, as we're using |
| 1380 | the size of a union! FIXME! */ |
| 1381 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, |
| 1382 | full_name_string, |
| 1383 | start_adr, /* Low text address */ |
| 1384 | (start_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 1385 | /* ldsymoff */ |
| 1386 | global_syms, |
| 1387 | static_syms); |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 | /* Set up to only enter each class referenced in this module once. */ |
| 1390 | class_entered = xmalloc (B_BYTES (pxdb_header_p->cd_entries)); |
| 1391 | B_CLRALL (class_entered, pxdb_header_p->cd_entries); |
| 1392 | |
| 1393 | /* Scan the procedure descriptors for procedures in the current |
| 1394 | module, based on the starting addresses. */ |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | syms_in_pst = scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries, |
| 1397 | start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile); |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | /* Get ending symbol offset */ |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | end_sym = 0; |
| 1402 | /* First check for starting index before previous psymtab */ |
| 1403 | if (pst_syms_count && start_sym < pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end) |
| 1404 | { |
| 1405 | end_sym = find_next_pst_start (start_sym); |
| 1406 | } |
| 1407 | /* Look for next start index of a file or module, or procedure */ |
| 1408 | if (!end_sym) |
| 1409 | { |
| 1410 | int next_file_isym = find_next_file_isym (start_sym, qFD, curr_fd + 1, pxdb_header_p); |
| 1411 | int next_module_isym = find_next_module_isym (start_sym, qMD, curr_md + 1, pxdb_header_p); |
| 1412 | int next_proc_isym = find_next_proc_isym (start_sym, qPD, curr_pd, pxdb_header_p); |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | if (next_file_isym && next_module_isym) |
| 1415 | { |
| 1416 | /* pick lower of next file or module start index */ |
| 1417 | end_sym = min (next_file_isym, next_module_isym); |
| 1418 | } |
| 1419 | else |
| 1420 | { |
| 1421 | /* one of them is zero, pick the other */ |
| 1422 | end_sym = max (next_file_isym, next_module_isym); |
| 1423 | } |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 | /* As a precaution, check next procedure index too */ |
| 1426 | if (!end_sym) |
| 1427 | end_sym = next_proc_isym; |
| 1428 | else |
| 1429 | end_sym = min (end_sym, next_proc_isym); |
| 1430 | } |
| 1431 | |
| 1432 | /* Couldn't find procedure, file, or module, use globals as default */ |
| 1433 | if (!end_sym) |
| 1434 | end_sym = pxdb_header_p->globals; |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1437 | if (dumping) |
| 1438 | { |
| 1439 | printf ("Module psymtab indices: %x to %x\n", start_sym, end_sym); |
| 1440 | } |
| 1441 | #endif |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst, |
| 1444 | NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */ |
| 1445 | 0, /* includes_used */ |
| 1446 | end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), |
| 1447 | /* byte index in LNTT of end |
| 1448 | = capping symbol offset |
| 1449 | = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */ |
| 1450 | end_adr, /* text high */ |
| 1451 | NULL, /* dependency_list */ |
| 1452 | 0); /* dependencies_used */ |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 | record_pst_syms (start_sym, end_sym); |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | if (NULL == pst) |
| 1457 | warning (_("No symbols in psymtab for module \"%s\" [0x%x]."), mod_name_string, curr_md); |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1460 | if (dumping) |
| 1461 | { |
| 1462 | printf ("Made new psymtab for module %s (%x to %x), sym %x to %x.\n", |
| 1463 | mod_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, CURR_MODULE_ISYM, end_sym); |
| 1464 | } |
| 1465 | #endif |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | /* Prepare for the next psymtab. */ |
| 1468 | global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next; |
| 1469 | static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next; |
| 1470 | xfree (class_entered); |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | curr_md++; |
| 1473 | curr_fd++; |
| 1474 | } /* psymtab for module */ |
| 1475 | } /* psymtab for non-bogus file or module */ |
| 1476 | } /* End of while loop over all files & modules */ |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 | /* There may be some routines after all files and modules -- these will get |
| 1479 | inserted in a separate new module of their own */ |
| 1480 | if (VALID_CURR_PROC) |
| 1481 | { |
| 1482 | start_adr = CURR_PROC_START; |
| 1483 | end_adr = qPD[pxdb_header_p->pd_entries - 1].adrEnd; |
| 1484 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
| 1485 | warning (_("Found functions beyond end of all files and modules [0x%x]."), curr_pd); |
| 1486 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1487 | if (dumping) |
| 1488 | { |
| 1489 | printf ("Orphan functions at end, PD %d and beyond (%x to %x)\n", |
| 1490 | curr_pd, start_adr, end_adr); |
| 1491 | } |
| 1492 | #endif |
| 1493 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, |
| 1494 | "orphans", |
| 1495 | start_adr, /* Low text address */ |
| 1496 | (CURR_PROC_ISYM * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 1497 | /* ldsymoff */ |
| 1498 | global_syms, |
| 1499 | static_syms); |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries, |
| 1502 | start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile); |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst, |
| 1505 | NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */ |
| 1506 | 0, /* includes_used */ |
| 1507 | pxdb_header_p->globals * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), |
| 1508 | /* byte index in LNTT of end |
| 1509 | = capping symbol offset |
| 1510 | = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */ |
| 1511 | end_adr, /* text high */ |
| 1512 | NULL, /* dependency_list */ |
| 1513 | 0); /* dependencies_used */ |
| 1514 | } |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 | #ifdef NEVER_NEVER |
| 1518 | /* Now build psts for non-module things (in the tail of |
| 1519 | the LNTT, after the last END MODULE entry). |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | If null psts were kept on the chain, this would be |
| 1522 | a solution. FIXME */ |
| 1523 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, |
| 1524 | "globals", |
| 1525 | 0, |
| 1526 | (pxdb_header_p->globals |
| 1527 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 1528 | objfile->global_psymbols.next, |
| 1529 | objfile->static_psymbols.next); |
| 1530 | hpread_end_psymtab (pst, |
| 1531 | NULL, 0, |
| 1532 | (max_LNTT_sym_index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 1533 | 0, |
| 1534 | NULL, 0); |
| 1535 | #endif |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | clear_pst_syms (); |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | return 1; |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 | } /* End of hpread_quick_traverse. */ |
| 1542 | \f |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | /* Get appropriate header, based on pxdb type. |
| 1545 | Return value: 1 if ok, 0 if not */ |
| 1546 | static int |
| 1547 | hpread_get_header (struct objfile *objfile, PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p) |
| 1548 | { |
| 1549 | asection *pinfo_section, *debug_section, *header_section; |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1552 | /* Turn on for debugging information */ |
| 1553 | static int dumping = 0; |
| 1554 | #endif |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | header_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$HEADER$"); |
| 1557 | if (!header_section) |
| 1558 | { |
| 1559 | /* We don't have either PINFO or DEBUG sections. But |
| 1560 | stuff like "libc.sl" has no debug info. There's no |
| 1561 | need to warn the user of this, as it may be ok. The |
| 1562 | caller will figure it out and issue any needed |
| 1563 | messages. */ |
| 1564 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1565 | if (dumping) |
| 1566 | printf ("==No debug info at all for %s.\n", objfile->name); |
| 1567 | #endif |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 | return 0; |
| 1570 | } |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 | /* We would like either a $DEBUG$ or $PINFO$ section. |
| 1573 | Once we know which, we can understand the header |
| 1574 | data (which we have defined to suit the more common |
| 1575 | $DEBUG$ case). */ |
| 1576 | debug_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$DEBUG$"); |
| 1577 | pinfo_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$PINFO$"); |
| 1578 | if (debug_section) |
| 1579 | { |
| 1580 | /* The expected case: normal pxdb header. */ |
| 1581 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, header_section, |
| 1582 | pxdb_header_p, 0, sizeof (PXDB_header)); |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 | if (!pxdb_header_p->pxdbed) |
| 1585 | { |
| 1586 | /* This shouldn't happen if we check in "symfile.c". */ |
| 1587 | return 0; |
| 1588 | } /* DEBUG section */ |
| 1589 | } |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 | else if (pinfo_section) |
| 1592 | { |
| 1593 | /* The DOC case; we need to translate this into a |
| 1594 | regular header. */ |
| 1595 | DOC_info_PXDB_header doc_header; |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1598 | if (dumping) |
| 1599 | { |
| 1600 | printf ("==OOps, PINFO, let's try to handle this, %s.\n", objfile->name); |
| 1601 | } |
| 1602 | #endif |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, |
| 1605 | header_section, |
| 1606 | &doc_header, 0, |
| 1607 | sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header)); |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | if (!doc_header.pxdbed) |
| 1610 | { |
| 1611 | /* This shouldn't happen if we check in "symfile.c". */ |
| 1612 | warning (_("File \"%s\" not processed by pxdb!"), objfile->name); |
| 1613 | return 0; |
| 1614 | } |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | /* Copy relevent fields to standard header passed in. */ |
| 1617 | pxdb_header_p->pd_entries = doc_header.pd_entries; |
| 1618 | pxdb_header_p->fd_entries = doc_header.fd_entries; |
| 1619 | pxdb_header_p->md_entries = doc_header.md_entries; |
| 1620 | pxdb_header_p->pxdbed = doc_header.pxdbed; |
| 1621 | pxdb_header_p->bighdr = doc_header.bighdr; |
| 1622 | pxdb_header_p->sa_header = doc_header.sa_header; |
| 1623 | pxdb_header_p->inlined = doc_header.inlined; |
| 1624 | pxdb_header_p->globals = doc_header.globals; |
| 1625 | pxdb_header_p->time = doc_header.time; |
| 1626 | pxdb_header_p->pg_entries = doc_header.pg_entries; |
| 1627 | pxdb_header_p->functions = doc_header.functions; |
| 1628 | pxdb_header_p->files = doc_header.files; |
| 1629 | pxdb_header_p->cd_entries = doc_header.cd_entries; |
| 1630 | pxdb_header_p->aa_entries = doc_header.aa_entries; |
| 1631 | pxdb_header_p->oi_entries = doc_header.oi_entries; |
| 1632 | pxdb_header_p->version = doc_header.version; |
| 1633 | } /* PINFO section */ |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | else |
| 1636 | { |
| 1637 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1638 | if (dumping) |
| 1639 | printf ("==No debug info at all for %s.\n", objfile->name); |
| 1640 | #endif |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | return 0; |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 | } |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 | return 1; |
| 1647 | } /* End of hpread_get_header */ |
| 1648 | #endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */ |
| 1649 | \f |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | /* Initialization for reading native HP C debug symbols from OBJFILE. |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | Its only purpose in life is to set up the symbol reader's private |
| 1654 | per-objfile data structures, and read in the raw contents of the debug |
| 1655 | sections (attaching pointers to the debug info into the private data |
| 1656 | structures). |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 | Since BFD doesn't know how to read debug symbols in a format-independent |
| 1659 | way (and may never do so...), we have to do it ourselves. Note we may |
| 1660 | be called on a file without native HP C debugging symbols. |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | FIXME, there should be a cleaner peephole into the BFD environment |
| 1663 | here. */ |
| 1664 | void |
| 1665 | hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *objfile) |
| 1666 | { |
| 1667 | asection *vt_section, *slt_section, *lntt_section, *gntt_section; |
| 1668 | |
| 1669 | /* Allocate struct to keep track of the symfile */ |
| 1670 | objfile->deprecated_sym_private = |
| 1671 | xmalloc (sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info)); |
| 1672 | memset (objfile->deprecated_sym_private, 0, sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info)); |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | /* We haven't read in any types yet. */ |
| 1675 | DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = 0; |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | /* Read in data from the $GNTT$ subspace. */ |
| 1678 | gntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$GNTT$"); |
| 1679 | if (!gntt_section) |
| 1680 | return; |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | GNTT (objfile) |
| 1683 | = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 1684 | bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section)); |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, gntt_section, GNTT (objfile), |
| 1687 | 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section)); |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile) |
| 1690 | = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section) |
| 1691 | / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block); |
| 1692 | |
| 1693 | /* Read in data from the $LNTT$ subspace. Also keep track of the number |
| 1694 | of LNTT symbols. |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | FIXME: this could be moved into the psymtab-to-symtab expansion |
| 1697 | code, and save startup time. At the moment this data is |
| 1698 | still used, though. We'd need a way to tell hp-symtab-read.c |
| 1699 | whether or not to load the LNTT. */ |
| 1700 | lntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$LNTT$"); |
| 1701 | if (!lntt_section) |
| 1702 | return; |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 | LNTT (objfile) |
| 1705 | = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 1706 | bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section)); |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, lntt_section, LNTT (objfile), |
| 1709 | 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section)); |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 | LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile) |
| 1712 | = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section) |
| 1713 | / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block); |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 | /* Read in data from the $SLT$ subspace. $SLT$ contains information |
| 1716 | on source line numbers. */ |
| 1717 | slt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$SLT$"); |
| 1718 | if (!slt_section) |
| 1719 | return; |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | SLT (objfile) = |
| 1722 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 1723 | bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section)); |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, slt_section, SLT (objfile), |
| 1726 | 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section)); |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 | /* Read in data from the $VT$ subspace. $VT$ contains things like |
| 1729 | names and constants. Keep track of the number of symbols in the VT. */ |
| 1730 | vt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$VT$"); |
| 1731 | if (!vt_section) |
| 1732 | return; |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | VT_SIZE (objfile) = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, vt_section); |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | VT (objfile) = |
| 1737 | (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 1738 | VT_SIZE (objfile)); |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, vt_section, VT (objfile), |
| 1741 | 0, VT_SIZE (objfile)); |
| 1742 | } |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | /* Scan and build partial symbols for a symbol file. |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | The minimal symbol table (either SOM or HP a.out) has already been |
| 1747 | read in; all we need to do is setup partial symbols based on the |
| 1748 | native debugging information. |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | Note that the minimal table is produced by the linker, and has |
| 1751 | only global routines in it; the psymtab is based on compiler- |
| 1752 | generated debug information and has non-global |
| 1753 | routines in it as well as files and class information. |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | We assume hpread_symfile_init has been called to initialize the |
| 1756 | symbol reader's private data structures. |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | MAINLINE is true if we are reading the main symbol table (as |
| 1759 | opposed to a shared lib or dynamically loaded file). */ |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | void |
| 1762 | hpread_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile, int mainline) |
| 1763 | { |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1766 | /* Turn this on to get debugging output. */ |
| 1767 | static int dumping = 0; |
| 1768 | #endif |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | char *namestring; |
| 1771 | int past_first_source_file = 0; |
| 1772 | struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | int hp_symnum, symcount, i; |
| 1775 | int scan_start = 0; |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | union dnttentry *dn_bufp; |
| 1778 | unsigned long valu; |
| 1779 | char *p; |
| 1780 | int texthigh = 0; |
| 1781 | int have_name = 0; |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 | /* Current partial symtab */ |
| 1784 | struct partial_symtab *pst; |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | /* List of current psymtab's include files */ |
| 1787 | char **psymtab_include_list; |
| 1788 | int includes_allocated; |
| 1789 | int includes_used; |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | /* Index within current psymtab dependency list */ |
| 1792 | struct partial_symtab **dependency_list; |
| 1793 | int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated; |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | /* Just in case the stabs reader left turds lying around. */ |
| 1796 | free_pending_blocks (); |
| 1797 | make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0); |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 | pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0; |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 | /* We shouldn't use alloca, instead use malloc/free. Doing so avoids |
| 1802 | a number of problems with cross compilation and creating useless holes |
| 1803 | in the stack when we have to allocate new entries. FIXME. */ |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 | includes_allocated = 30; |
| 1806 | includes_used = 0; |
| 1807 | psymtab_include_list = (char **) alloca (includes_allocated * |
| 1808 | sizeof (char *)); |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | dependencies_allocated = 30; |
| 1811 | dependencies_used = 0; |
| 1812 | dependency_list = |
| 1813 | (struct partial_symtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated * |
| 1814 | sizeof (struct partial_symtab *)); |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | old_chain = make_cleanup_free_objfile (objfile); |
| 1817 | |
| 1818 | last_source_file = 0; |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | #ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP |
| 1821 | { |
| 1822 | /* Begin code for new-style loading of quick look-up tables. */ |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 | /* elz: this checks whether the file has beeen processed by pxdb. |
| 1825 | If not we would like to try to read the psymbols in |
| 1826 | anyway, but it turns out to be not so easy. So this could |
| 1827 | actually be commented out, but I leave it in, just in case |
| 1828 | we decide to add support for non-pxdb-ed stuff in the future. */ |
| 1829 | PXDB_header pxdb_header; |
| 1830 | int found_modules_in_program; |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | if (hpread_get_header (objfile, &pxdb_header)) |
| 1833 | { |
| 1834 | /* Build a minimal table. No types, no global variables, |
| 1835 | no include files.... */ |
| 1836 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1837 | if (dumping) |
| 1838 | printf ("\nNew method for %s\n", objfile->name); |
| 1839 | #endif |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | /* elz: quick_traverse returns true if it found |
| 1842 | some modules in the main source file, other |
| 1843 | than those in end.c |
| 1844 | In C and C++, all the files have MODULES entries |
| 1845 | in the LNTT, and the quick table traverse is all |
| 1846 | based on finding these MODULES entries. Without |
| 1847 | those it cannot work. |
| 1848 | It happens that F77 programs don't have MODULES |
| 1849 | so the quick traverse gets confused. F90 programs |
| 1850 | have modules, and the quick method still works. |
| 1851 | So, if modules (other than those in end.c) are |
| 1852 | not found we give up on the quick table stuff, |
| 1853 | and fall back on the slower method */ |
| 1854 | found_modules_in_program = hpread_quick_traverse (objfile, |
| 1855 | GNTT (objfile), |
| 1856 | VT (objfile), |
| 1857 | &pxdb_header); |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 | discard_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | /* Set up to scan the global section of the LNTT. |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | This field is not always correct: if there are |
| 1864 | no globals, it will point to the last record in |
| 1865 | the regular LNTT, which is usually an END MODULE. |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 | Since it might happen that there could be a file |
| 1868 | with just one global record, there's no way to |
| 1869 | tell other than by looking at the record, so that's |
| 1870 | done below. */ |
| 1871 | if (found_modules_in_program) |
| 1872 | scan_start = pxdb_header.globals; |
| 1873 | } |
| 1874 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 1875 | else |
| 1876 | { |
| 1877 | if (dumping) |
| 1878 | printf ("\nGoing on to old method for %s\n", objfile->name); |
| 1879 | } |
| 1880 | #endif |
| 1881 | } |
| 1882 | #endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */ |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 | /* Make two passes, one over the GNTT symbols, the other for the |
| 1885 | LNTT symbols. |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 | JB comment: above isn't true--they only make one pass, over |
| 1888 | the LNTT. */ |
| 1889 | for (i = 0; i < 1; i++) |
| 1890 | { |
| 1891 | int within_function = 0; |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | if (i) |
| 1894 | symcount = GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile); |
| 1895 | else |
| 1896 | symcount = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile); |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 | for (hp_symnum = scan_start; hp_symnum < symcount; hp_symnum++) |
| 1900 | { |
| 1901 | QUIT; |
| 1902 | if (i) |
| 1903 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (hp_symnum, objfile); |
| 1904 | else |
| 1905 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (hp_symnum, objfile); |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension) |
| 1908 | continue; |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | /* Only handle things which are necessary for minimal symbols. |
| 1911 | everything else is ignored. */ |
| 1912 | switch (dn_bufp->dblock.kind) |
| 1913 | { |
| 1914 | case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE: |
| 1915 | { |
| 1916 | #ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP |
| 1917 | if (scan_start == hp_symnum |
| 1918 | && symcount == hp_symnum + 1) |
| 1919 | { |
| 1920 | /* If there are NO globals in an executable, |
| 1921 | PXDB's index to the globals will point to |
| 1922 | the last record in the file, which |
| 1923 | could be this record. (this happened for F77 libraries) |
| 1924 | ignore it and be done! */ |
| 1925 | continue; |
| 1926 | } |
| 1927 | #endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */ |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | /* A source file of some kind. Note this may simply |
| 1930 | be an included file. */ |
| 1931 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
| 1932 | |
| 1933 | /* Check if this is the source file we are already working |
| 1934 | with. */ |
| 1935 | if (pst && !strcmp (namestring, pst->filename)) |
| 1936 | continue; |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 | /* Check if this is an include file, if so check if we have |
| 1939 | already seen it. Add it to the include list */ |
| 1940 | p = strrchr (namestring, '.'); |
| 1941 | if (!strcmp (p, ".h")) |
| 1942 | { |
| 1943 | int j, found; |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | found = 0; |
| 1946 | for (j = 0; j < includes_used; j++) |
| 1947 | if (!strcmp (namestring, psymtab_include_list[j])) |
| 1948 | { |
| 1949 | found = 1; |
| 1950 | break; |
| 1951 | } |
| 1952 | if (found) |
| 1953 | continue; |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 | /* Add it to the list of includes seen so far and |
| 1956 | allocate more include space if necessary. */ |
| 1957 | psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring; |
| 1958 | if (includes_used >= includes_allocated) |
| 1959 | { |
| 1960 | char **orig = psymtab_include_list; |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 | psymtab_include_list = (char **) |
| 1963 | alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) * |
| 1964 | sizeof (char *)); |
| 1965 | memcpy (psymtab_include_list, orig, |
| 1966 | includes_used * sizeof (char *)); |
| 1967 | } |
| 1968 | continue; |
| 1969 | } |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 | if (pst) |
| 1972 | { |
| 1973 | if (!have_name) |
| 1974 | { |
| 1975 | pst->filename = (char *) |
| 1976 | obstack_alloc (&pst->objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 1977 | strlen (namestring) + 1); |
| 1978 | strcpy (pst->filename, namestring); |
| 1979 | have_name = 1; |
| 1980 | continue; |
| 1981 | } |
| 1982 | continue; |
| 1983 | } |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 | /* This is a bonafide new source file. |
| 1986 | End the current partial symtab and start a new one. */ |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | if (pst && past_first_source_file) |
| 1989 | { |
| 1990 | hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, |
| 1991 | includes_used, |
| 1992 | (hp_symnum |
| 1993 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 1994 | texthigh, |
| 1995 | dependency_list, dependencies_used); |
| 1996 | pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0; |
| 1997 | includes_used = 0; |
| 1998 | dependencies_used = 0; |
| 1999 | } |
| 2000 | else |
| 2001 | past_first_source_file = 1; |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 | valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile, symcount); |
| 2004 | valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); |
| 2005 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, |
| 2006 | namestring, valu, |
| 2007 | (hp_symnum |
| 2008 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 2009 | objfile->global_psymbols.next, |
| 2010 | objfile->static_psymbols.next); |
| 2011 | texthigh = valu; |
| 2012 | have_name = 1; |
| 2013 | continue; |
| 2014 | } |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: |
| 2017 | /* A source file. It's still unclear to me what the |
| 2018 | real difference between a DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE and DNTT_TYPE_MODULE |
| 2019 | is supposed to be. */ |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | /* First end the previous psymtab */ |
| 2022 | if (pst) |
| 2023 | { |
| 2024 | hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used, |
| 2025 | ((hp_symnum - 1) |
| 2026 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 2027 | texthigh, |
| 2028 | dependency_list, dependencies_used); |
| 2029 | pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0; |
| 2030 | includes_used = 0; |
| 2031 | dependencies_used = 0; |
| 2032 | have_name = 0; |
| 2033 | } |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 | /* Now begin a new module and a new psymtab for it */ |
| 2036 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
| 2037 | valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile, symcount); |
| 2038 | valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); |
| 2039 | if (!pst) |
| 2040 | { |
| 2041 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, |
| 2042 | namestring, valu, |
| 2043 | (hp_symnum |
| 2044 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 2045 | objfile->global_psymbols.next, |
| 2046 | objfile->static_psymbols.next); |
| 2047 | texthigh = valu; |
| 2048 | have_name = 0; |
| 2049 | } |
| 2050 | continue; |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: |
| 2053 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY: |
| 2054 | /* The beginning of a function. DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY may also denote |
| 2055 | a secondary entry point. */ |
| 2056 | valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.hiaddr + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, |
| 2057 | SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); |
| 2058 | if (valu > texthigh) |
| 2059 | texthigh = valu; |
| 2060 | valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr + |
| 2061 | ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); |
| 2062 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
| 2063 | if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global) |
| 2064 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), |
| 2065 | VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK, |
| 2066 | &objfile->global_psymbols, valu, |
| 2067 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); |
| 2068 | else |
| 2069 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), |
| 2070 | VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK, |
| 2071 | &objfile->static_psymbols, valu, |
| 2072 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); |
| 2073 | within_function = 1; |
| 2074 | continue; |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION: |
| 2077 | valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.hiaddr + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, |
| 2078 | SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); |
| 2079 | if (valu > texthigh) |
| 2080 | texthigh = valu; |
| 2081 | valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.lowaddr + |
| 2082 | ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); |
| 2083 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
| 2084 | if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.global) |
| 2085 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), |
| 2086 | VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK, |
| 2087 | &objfile->global_psymbols, valu, |
| 2088 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); |
| 2089 | else |
| 2090 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), |
| 2091 | VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK, |
| 2092 | &objfile->static_psymbols, valu, |
| 2093 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); |
| 2094 | within_function = 1; |
| 2095 | continue; |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: |
| 2098 | case DNTT_TYPE_END: |
| 2099 | /* We don't check MODULE end here, because there can be |
| 2100 | symbols beyond the module end which properly belong to the |
| 2101 | current psymtab -- so we wait till the next MODULE start */ |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 | #ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP |
| 2105 | if (scan_start == hp_symnum |
| 2106 | && symcount == hp_symnum + 1) |
| 2107 | { |
| 2108 | /* If there are NO globals in an executable, |
| 2109 | PXDB's index to the globals will point to |
| 2110 | the last record in the file, which is |
| 2111 | probably an END MODULE, i.e. this record. |
| 2112 | ignore it and be done! */ |
| 2113 | continue; |
| 2114 | } |
| 2115 | #endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */ |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | /* Scope block begin/end. We only care about function |
| 2118 | and file blocks right now. */ |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 | if ((dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) || |
| 2121 | (dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION)) |
| 2122 | within_function = 0; |
| 2123 | continue; |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR: |
| 2126 | case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR: |
| 2127 | case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF: |
| 2128 | case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF: |
| 2129 | { |
| 2130 | /* Variables, typedefs an the like. */ |
| 2131 | enum address_class storage; |
| 2132 | domain_enum domain; |
| 2133 | |
| 2134 | /* Don't add locals to the partial symbol table. */ |
| 2135 | if (within_function |
| 2136 | && (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR |
| 2137 | || dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR)) |
| 2138 | continue; |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 | /* TAGDEFs go into the structure domain. */ |
| 2141 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF) |
| 2142 | domain = STRUCT_DOMAIN; |
| 2143 | else |
| 2144 | domain = VAR_DOMAIN; |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | /* What kind of "storage" does this use? */ |
| 2147 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR) |
| 2148 | storage = LOC_STATIC; |
| 2149 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR |
| 2150 | && dn_bufp->ddvar.regvar) |
| 2151 | storage = LOC_REGISTER; |
| 2152 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR) |
| 2153 | storage = LOC_LOCAL; |
| 2154 | else |
| 2155 | storage = LOC_UNDEF; |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
| 2158 | if (!pst) |
| 2159 | { |
| 2160 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, |
| 2161 | "globals", 0, |
| 2162 | (hp_symnum |
| 2163 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 2164 | objfile->global_psymbols.next, |
| 2165 | objfile->static_psymbols.next); |
| 2166 | } |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | /* Compute address of the data symbol */ |
| 2169 | valu = dn_bufp->dsvar.location; |
| 2170 | /* Relocate in case it's in a shared library */ |
| 2171 | if (storage == LOC_STATIC) |
| 2172 | valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile)); |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | /* Luckily, dvar, svar, typedef, and tagdef all |
| 2175 | have their "global" bit in the same place, so it works |
| 2176 | (though it's bad programming practice) to reference |
| 2177 | "dsvar.global" even though we may be looking at |
| 2178 | any of the above four types. */ |
| 2179 | if (dn_bufp->dsvar.global) |
| 2180 | { |
| 2181 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), |
| 2182 | domain, storage, |
| 2183 | &objfile->global_psymbols, |
| 2184 | valu, |
| 2185 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); |
| 2186 | } |
| 2187 | else |
| 2188 | { |
| 2189 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), |
| 2190 | domain, storage, |
| 2191 | &objfile->static_psymbols, |
| 2192 | valu, |
| 2193 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); |
| 2194 | } |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | /* For TAGDEF's, the above code added the tagname to the |
| 2197 | struct domain. This will cause tag "t" to be found |
| 2198 | on a reference of the form "(struct t) x". But for |
| 2199 | C++ classes, "t" will also be a typename, which we |
| 2200 | want to find on a reference of the form "ptype t". |
| 2201 | Therefore, we also add "t" to the var domain. |
| 2202 | Do the same for enum's due to the way aCC generates |
| 2203 | debug info for these (see more extended comment |
| 2204 | in hp-symtab-read.c). |
| 2205 | We do the same for templates, so that "ptype t" |
| 2206 | where "t" is a template also works. */ |
| 2207 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF && |
| 2208 | dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)) |
| 2209 | { |
| 2210 | int global = dn_bufp->dtag.global; |
| 2211 | /* Look ahead to see if it's a C++ class */ |
| 2212 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 2213 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS || |
| 2214 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM || |
| 2215 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) |
| 2216 | { |
| 2217 | if (global) |
| 2218 | { |
| 2219 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), |
| 2220 | VAR_DOMAIN, storage, |
| 2221 | &objfile->global_psymbols, |
| 2222 | dn_bufp->dsvar.location, |
| 2223 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); |
| 2224 | } |
| 2225 | else |
| 2226 | { |
| 2227 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), |
| 2228 | VAR_DOMAIN, storage, |
| 2229 | &objfile->static_psymbols, |
| 2230 | dn_bufp->dsvar.location, |
| 2231 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); |
| 2232 | } |
| 2233 | } |
| 2234 | } |
| 2235 | } |
| 2236 | continue; |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM: |
| 2239 | case DNTT_TYPE_CONST: |
| 2240 | /* Constants and members of enumerated types. */ |
| 2241 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
| 2242 | if (!pst) |
| 2243 | { |
| 2244 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, |
| 2245 | "globals", 0, |
| 2246 | (hp_symnum |
| 2247 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), |
| 2248 | objfile->global_psymbols.next, |
| 2249 | objfile->static_psymbols.next); |
| 2250 | } |
| 2251 | if (dn_bufp->dconst.global) |
| 2252 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), |
| 2253 | VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST, |
| 2254 | &objfile->global_psymbols, 0, |
| 2255 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); |
| 2256 | else |
| 2257 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), |
| 2258 | VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST, |
| 2259 | &objfile->static_psymbols, 0, |
| 2260 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); |
| 2261 | continue; |
| 2262 | default: |
| 2263 | continue; |
| 2264 | } |
| 2265 | } |
| 2266 | } |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | /* End any pending partial symbol table. */ |
| 2269 | if (pst) |
| 2270 | { |
| 2271 | hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used, |
| 2272 | hp_symnum * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), |
| 2273 | 0, dependency_list, dependencies_used); |
| 2274 | } |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | discard_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 2277 | } |
| 2278 | |
| 2279 | /* Perform any local cleanups required when we are done with a particular |
| 2280 | objfile. I.E, we are in the process of discarding all symbol information |
| 2281 | for an objfile, freeing up all memory held for it, and unlinking the |
| 2282 | objfile struct from the global list of known objfiles. */ |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | void |
| 2285 | hpread_symfile_finish (struct objfile *objfile) |
| 2286 | { |
| 2287 | if (objfile->deprecated_sym_private != NULL) |
| 2288 | { |
| 2289 | xfree (objfile->deprecated_sym_private); |
| 2290 | } |
| 2291 | } |
| 2292 | \f |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | /* The remaining functions are all for internal use only. */ |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 | /* Various small functions to get entries in the debug symbol sections. */ |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | static union dnttentry * |
| 2299 | hpread_get_lntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 2300 | { |
| 2301 | return (union dnttentry *) |
| 2302 | &(LNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]); |
| 2303 | } |
| 2304 | |
| 2305 | static union dnttentry * |
| 2306 | hpread_get_gntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 2307 | { |
| 2308 | return (union dnttentry *) |
| 2309 | &(GNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]); |
| 2310 | } |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | static union sltentry * |
| 2313 | hpread_get_slt (int index, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 2314 | { |
| 2315 | return (union sltentry *) &(SLT (objfile)[index * sizeof (union sltentry)]); |
| 2316 | } |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 | /* Get the low address associated with some symbol (typically the start |
| 2319 | of a particular source file or module). Since that information is not |
| 2320 | stored as part of the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE or DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE symbol we |
| 2321 | must infer it from the existence of DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbols. */ |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 | static unsigned long |
| 2324 | hpread_get_textlow (int global, int index, struct objfile *objfile, |
| 2325 | int symcount) |
| 2326 | { |
| 2327 | union dnttentry *dn_bufp = NULL; |
| 2328 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 | /* Look for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbol. */ |
| 2331 | if (index < symcount) /* symcount is the number of symbols in */ |
| 2332 | { /* the dbinfo, LNTT table */ |
| 2333 | do |
| 2334 | { |
| 2335 | if (global) |
| 2336 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (index++, objfile); |
| 2337 | else |
| 2338 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (index++, objfile); |
| 2339 | } |
| 2340 | while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION |
| 2341 | && dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION |
| 2342 | && dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_END |
| 2343 | && index < symcount); |
| 2344 | } |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | /* NOTE: cagney/2003-03-29: If !(index < symcount), dn_bufp is left |
| 2347 | undefined and that means that the test below is using a garbage |
| 2348 | pointer from the stack. */ |
| 2349 | gdb_assert (dn_bufp != NULL); |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | /* Avoid going past a DNTT_TYPE_END when looking for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION. This |
| 2352 | might happen when a sourcefile has no functions. */ |
| 2353 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_END) |
| 2354 | return 0; |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 | /* Avoid going past the end of the LNTT file */ |
| 2357 | if (index == symcount) |
| 2358 | return 0; |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | /* The minimal symbols are typically more accurate for some reason. */ |
| 2361 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) |
| 2362 | msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (dn_bufp->dfunc.name + VT (objfile), NULL, |
| 2363 | objfile); |
| 2364 | else /* must be a DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION */ |
| 2365 | msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name + VT (objfile), NULL, |
| 2366 | objfile); |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | if (msymbol) |
| 2369 | return SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol); |
| 2370 | else |
| 2371 | return dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr; |
| 2372 | } |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 | /* Allocate and partially fill a partial symtab. It will be |
| 2375 | completely filled at the end of the symbol list. |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | SYMFILE_NAME is the name of the symbol-file we are reading from, and ADDR |
| 2378 | is the address relative to which its symbols are (incremental) or 0 |
| 2379 | (normal). */ |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | static struct partial_symtab * |
| 2382 | hpread_start_psymtab (struct objfile *objfile, char *filename, |
| 2383 | CORE_ADDR textlow, int ldsymoff, |
| 2384 | struct partial_symbol **global_syms, |
| 2385 | struct partial_symbol **static_syms) |
| 2386 | { |
| 2387 | int offset = ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); |
| 2388 | struct partial_symtab *result = |
| 2389 | start_psymtab_common (objfile, objfile->section_offsets, |
| 2390 | filename, textlow, global_syms, static_syms); |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 | result->textlow += offset; |
| 2393 | result->read_symtab_private = (char *) |
| 2394 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, sizeof (struct symloc)); |
| 2395 | LDSYMOFF (result) = ldsymoff; |
| 2396 | result->read_symtab = hpread_psymtab_to_symtab; |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | return result; |
| 2399 | } |
| 2400 | \f |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | /* Close off the current usage of PST. |
| 2403 | Returns PST or NULL if the partial symtab was empty and thrown away. |
| 2404 | |
| 2405 | capping_symbol_offset --Byte index in LNTT or GNTT of the |
| 2406 | last symbol processed during the build |
| 2407 | of the previous pst. |
| 2408 | |
| 2409 | FIXME: List variables and peculiarities of same. */ |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | static struct partial_symtab * |
| 2412 | hpread_end_psymtab (struct partial_symtab *pst, char **include_list, |
| 2413 | int num_includes, int capping_symbol_offset, |
| 2414 | CORE_ADDR capping_text, |
| 2415 | struct partial_symtab **dependency_list, |
| 2416 | int number_dependencies) |
| 2417 | { |
| 2418 | int i; |
| 2419 | struct objfile *objfile = pst->objfile; |
| 2420 | int offset = ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 2423 | /* Turn on to see what kind of a psymtab we've built. */ |
| 2424 | static int dumping = 0; |
| 2425 | #endif |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | if (capping_symbol_offset != -1) |
| 2428 | LDSYMLEN (pst) = capping_symbol_offset - LDSYMOFF (pst); |
| 2429 | else |
| 2430 | LDSYMLEN (pst) = 0; |
| 2431 | pst->texthigh = capping_text + offset; |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 | pst->n_global_syms = |
| 2434 | objfile->global_psymbols.next - (objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset); |
| 2435 | pst->n_static_syms = |
| 2436 | objfile->static_psymbols.next - (objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset); |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | #ifdef DUMPING |
| 2439 | if (dumping) |
| 2440 | { |
| 2441 | printf ("\nPst %s, LDSYMOFF %x (%x), LDSYMLEN %x (%x), globals %d, statics %d\n", |
| 2442 | pst->filename, |
| 2443 | LDSYMOFF (pst), |
| 2444 | LDSYMOFF (pst) / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), |
| 2445 | LDSYMLEN (pst), |
| 2446 | LDSYMLEN (pst) / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), |
| 2447 | pst->n_global_syms, pst->n_static_syms); |
| 2448 | } |
| 2449 | #endif |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 | pst->number_of_dependencies = number_dependencies; |
| 2452 | if (number_dependencies) |
| 2453 | { |
| 2454 | pst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **) |
| 2455 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 2456 | number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *)); |
| 2457 | memcpy (pst->dependencies, dependency_list, |
| 2458 | number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *)); |
| 2459 | } |
| 2460 | else |
| 2461 | pst->dependencies = 0; |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 | for (i = 0; i < num_includes; i++) |
| 2464 | { |
| 2465 | struct partial_symtab *subpst = |
| 2466 | allocate_psymtab (include_list[i], objfile); |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 | subpst->section_offsets = pst->section_offsets; |
| 2469 | subpst->read_symtab_private = |
| 2470 | (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 2471 | sizeof (struct symloc)); |
| 2472 | LDSYMOFF (subpst) = |
| 2473 | LDSYMLEN (subpst) = |
| 2474 | subpst->textlow = |
| 2475 | subpst->texthigh = 0; |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | /* We could save slight bits of space by only making one of these, |
| 2478 | shared by the entire set of include files. FIXME-someday. */ |
| 2479 | subpst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **) |
| 2480 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 2481 | sizeof (struct partial_symtab *)); |
| 2482 | subpst->dependencies[0] = pst; |
| 2483 | subpst->number_of_dependencies = 1; |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | subpst->globals_offset = |
| 2486 | subpst->n_global_syms = |
| 2487 | subpst->statics_offset = |
| 2488 | subpst->n_static_syms = 0; |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | subpst->readin = 0; |
| 2491 | subpst->symtab = 0; |
| 2492 | subpst->read_symtab = pst->read_symtab; |
| 2493 | } |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 | sort_pst_symbols (pst); |
| 2496 | |
| 2497 | /* If there is already a psymtab or symtab for a file of this name, remove it. |
| 2498 | (If there is a symtab, more drastic things also happen.) |
| 2499 | This happens in VxWorks. */ |
| 2500 | free_named_symtabs (pst->filename); |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | if (num_includes == 0 |
| 2503 | && number_dependencies == 0 |
| 2504 | && pst->n_global_syms == 0 |
| 2505 | && pst->n_static_syms == 0) |
| 2506 | { |
| 2507 | /* Throw away this psymtab, it's empty. We can't deallocate it, since |
| 2508 | it is on the obstack, but we can forget to chain it on the list. |
| 2509 | Empty psymtabs happen as a result of header files which don't have |
| 2510 | any symbols in them. There can be a lot of them. But this check |
| 2511 | is wrong, in that a psymtab with N_SLINE entries but nothing else |
| 2512 | is not empty, but we don't realize that. Fixing that without slowing |
| 2513 | things down might be tricky. |
| 2514 | It's also wrong if we're using the quick look-up tables, as |
| 2515 | we can get empty psymtabs from modules with no routines in |
| 2516 | them. */ |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 | discard_psymtab (pst); |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | /* Indicate that psymtab was thrown away. */ |
| 2521 | pst = (struct partial_symtab *) NULL; |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | } |
| 2524 | return pst; |
| 2525 | } |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | \f |
| 2528 | /* Get the nesting depth for the source line identified by INDEX. */ |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | static unsigned long |
| 2531 | hpread_get_scope_start (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 2532 | { |
| 2533 | union sltentry *sl_bufp; |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile); |
| 2536 | return sl_bufp->sspec.backptr.dnttp.index; |
| 2537 | } |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | /* Get the source line number the the line identified by INDEX. */ |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | static unsigned long |
| 2542 | hpread_get_line (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 2543 | { |
| 2544 | union sltentry *sl_bufp; |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile); |
| 2547 | return sl_bufp->snorm.line; |
| 2548 | } |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | /* Find the code address associated with a given sltpointer */ |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 2553 | hpread_get_location (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 2554 | { |
| 2555 | union sltentry *sl_bufp; |
| 2556 | int i; |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 | /* code location of special sltentrys is determined from context */ |
| 2559 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile); |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 | if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_END) |
| 2562 | { |
| 2563 | /* find previous normal sltentry and get address */ |
| 2564 | for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) && |
| 2565 | (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) && |
| 2566 | (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++) |
| 2567 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index - i, objfile); |
| 2568 | if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) |
| 2569 | return sl_bufp->snormoff.address; |
| 2570 | else |
| 2571 | return sl_bufp->snorm.address; |
| 2572 | } |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | /* find next normal sltentry and get address */ |
| 2575 | for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) && |
| 2576 | (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) && |
| 2577 | (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++) |
| 2578 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index + i, objfile); |
| 2579 | if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) |
| 2580 | return sl_bufp->snormoff.address; |
| 2581 | else |
| 2582 | return sl_bufp->snorm.address; |
| 2583 | } |
| 2584 | \f |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | /* Return 1 if an HP debug symbol of type KIND has a name associated with |
| 2587 | * it, else return 0. (This function is not currently used, but I'll |
| 2588 | * leave it here in case it proves useful later on. - RT). |
| 2589 | */ |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | static int |
| 2592 | hpread_has_name (enum dntt_entry_type kind) |
| 2593 | { |
| 2594 | switch (kind) |
| 2595 | { |
| 2596 | case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE: |
| 2597 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: |
| 2598 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: |
| 2599 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION: |
| 2600 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY: |
| 2601 | case DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT: |
| 2602 | case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL: |
| 2603 | case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM: |
| 2604 | case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR: |
| 2605 | case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR: |
| 2606 | case DNTT_TYPE_CONST: |
| 2607 | case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF: |
| 2608 | case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF: |
| 2609 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM: |
| 2610 | case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD: |
| 2611 | case DNTT_TYPE_SA: |
| 2612 | case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA: |
| 2613 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC: |
| 2614 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC: |
| 2615 | return 1; |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: |
| 2618 | case DNTT_TYPE_END: |
| 2619 | case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER: |
| 2620 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM: |
| 2621 | case DNTT_TYPE_SET: |
| 2622 | case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY: |
| 2623 | case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT: |
| 2624 | case DNTT_TYPE_UNION: |
| 2625 | case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT: |
| 2626 | case DNTT_TYPE_FILE: |
| 2627 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE: |
| 2628 | case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE: |
| 2629 | case DNTT_TYPE_WITH: |
| 2630 | case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON: |
| 2631 | case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT: |
| 2632 | case DNTT_TYPE_XREF: |
| 2633 | case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO: |
| 2634 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE: |
| 2635 | case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE: |
| 2636 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM: |
| 2637 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC: |
| 2638 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS: |
| 2639 | case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD: |
| 2640 | case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC: |
| 2641 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS: |
| 2642 | case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE: |
| 2643 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS: |
| 2644 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC: |
| 2645 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER: |
| 2646 | case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID: |
| 2647 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE: |
| 2648 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG: |
| 2649 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE: |
| 2650 | case DNTT_TYPE_LINK: |
| 2651 | /* DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC ? */ |
| 2652 | /* DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE ? */ |
| 2653 | /* DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT ? */ |
| 2654 | /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN ? */ |
| 2655 | /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST ? */ |
| 2656 | /* DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS ? */ |
| 2657 | default: |
| 2658 | return 0; |
| 2659 | } |
| 2660 | } |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 | /* Do the dirty work of reading in the full symbol from a partial symbol |
| 2663 | table. */ |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 | static void |
| 2666 | hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *pst) |
| 2667 | { |
| 2668 | struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| 2669 | int i; |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 | /* Get out quick if passed junk. */ |
| 2672 | if (!pst) |
| 2673 | return; |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | /* Complain if we've already read in this symbol table. */ |
| 2676 | if (pst->readin) |
| 2677 | { |
| 2678 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in." |
| 2679 | " Shouldn't happen.\n", |
| 2680 | pst->filename); |
| 2681 | return; |
| 2682 | } |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | /* Read in all partial symtabs on which this one is dependent */ |
| 2685 | for (i = 0; i < pst->number_of_dependencies; i++) |
| 2686 | if (!pst->dependencies[i]->readin) |
| 2687 | { |
| 2688 | /* Inform about additional files that need to be read in. */ |
| 2689 | if (info_verbose) |
| 2690 | { |
| 2691 | fputs_filtered (" ", gdb_stdout); |
| 2692 | wrap_here (""); |
| 2693 | fputs_filtered ("and ", gdb_stdout); |
| 2694 | wrap_here (""); |
| 2695 | printf_filtered ("%s...", pst->dependencies[i]->filename); |
| 2696 | wrap_here (""); /* Flush output */ |
| 2697 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); |
| 2698 | } |
| 2699 | hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst->dependencies[i]); |
| 2700 | } |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 | /* If it's real... */ |
| 2703 | if (LDSYMLEN (pst)) |
| 2704 | { |
| 2705 | /* Init stuff necessary for reading in symbols */ |
| 2706 | buildsym_init (); |
| 2707 | old_chain = make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0); |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | pst->symtab = |
| 2710 | hpread_expand_symtab (pst->objfile, LDSYMOFF (pst), LDSYMLEN (pst), |
| 2711 | pst->textlow, pst->texthigh - pst->textlow, |
| 2712 | pst->section_offsets, pst->filename); |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 2715 | } |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | pst->readin = 1; |
| 2718 | } |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | /* Read in all of the symbols for a given psymtab for real. |
| 2721 | Be verbose about it if the user wants that. */ |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | static void |
| 2724 | hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst) |
| 2725 | { |
| 2726 | /* Get out quick if given junk. */ |
| 2727 | if (!pst) |
| 2728 | return; |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 | /* Sanity check. */ |
| 2731 | if (pst->readin) |
| 2732 | { |
| 2733 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in." |
| 2734 | " Shouldn't happen.\n", |
| 2735 | pst->filename); |
| 2736 | return; |
| 2737 | } |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 | /* elz: setting the flag to indicate that the code of the target |
| 2740 | was compiled using an HP compiler (aCC, cc) |
| 2741 | the processing_acc_compilation variable is declared in the |
| 2742 | file buildsym.h, the HP_COMPILED_TARGET is defined to be equal |
| 2743 | to 3 in the file tm_hppa.h */ |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 | processing_gcc_compilation = 0; |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | if (LDSYMLEN (pst) || pst->number_of_dependencies) |
| 2748 | { |
| 2749 | /* Print the message now, before reading the string table, |
| 2750 | to avoid disconcerting pauses. */ |
| 2751 | if (info_verbose) |
| 2752 | { |
| 2753 | printf_filtered ("Reading in symbols for %s...", pst->filename); |
| 2754 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); |
| 2755 | } |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst); |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | /* Match with global symbols. This only needs to be done once, |
| 2760 | after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in. */ |
| 2761 | scan_file_globals (pst->objfile); |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | /* Finish up the debug error message. */ |
| 2764 | if (info_verbose) |
| 2765 | printf_filtered ("done.\n"); |
| 2766 | } |
| 2767 | } |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | /* Read in a defined section of a specific object file's symbols. |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | DESC is the file descriptor for the file, positioned at the |
| 2772 | beginning of the symtab |
| 2773 | SYM_OFFSET is the offset within the file of |
| 2774 | the beginning of the symbols we want to read |
| 2775 | SYM_SIZE is the size of the symbol info to read in. |
| 2776 | TEXT_OFFSET is the beginning of the text segment we are reading symbols for |
| 2777 | TEXT_SIZE is the size of the text segment read in. |
| 2778 | SECTION_OFFSETS are the relocation offsets which get added to each symbol. */ |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 | static struct symtab * |
| 2781 | hpread_expand_symtab (struct objfile *objfile, int sym_offset, int sym_size, |
| 2782 | CORE_ADDR text_offset, int text_size, |
| 2783 | struct section_offsets *section_offsets, char *filename) |
| 2784 | { |
| 2785 | char *namestring; |
| 2786 | union dnttentry *dn_bufp; |
| 2787 | unsigned max_symnum; |
| 2788 | int at_module_boundary = 0; |
| 2789 | /* 1 => at end, -1 => at beginning */ |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | int sym_index = sym_offset / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block); |
| 2792 | |
| 2793 | current_objfile = objfile; |
| 2794 | subfile_stack = 0; |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 | last_source_file = 0; |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | /* Demangling style -- if EDG style already set, don't change it, |
| 2799 | as HP style causes some problems with the KAI EDG compiler */ |
| 2800 | if (current_demangling_style != edg_demangling) |
| 2801 | { |
| 2802 | /* Otherwise, ensure that we are using HP style demangling */ |
| 2803 | set_demangling_style (HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING); |
| 2804 | } |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index, objfile); |
| 2807 | if (!((dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE) || |
| 2808 | (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_MODULE))) |
| 2809 | { |
| 2810 | start_symtab ("globals", NULL, 0); |
| 2811 | record_debugformat ("HP"); |
| 2812 | } |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 | /* The psymtab builder (hp-psymtab-read.c) is the one that |
| 2815 | * determined the "sym_size" argument (i.e. how many DNTT symbols |
| 2816 | * are in this symtab), which we use to compute "max_symnum" |
| 2817 | * (point in DNTT to which we read). |
| 2818 | * |
| 2819 | * Perhaps this should be changed so that |
| 2820 | * process_one_debug_symbol() "knows" when |
| 2821 | * to stop reading (based on reading from the MODULE to the matching |
| 2822 | * END), and take out this reliance on a #-syms being passed in... |
| 2823 | * (I'm worried about the reliability of this number). But I'll |
| 2824 | * leave it as-is, for now. - RT |
| 2825 | * |
| 2826 | * The change above has been made. I've left the "for" loop control |
| 2827 | * in to prepare for backing this out again. -JB |
| 2828 | */ |
| 2829 | max_symnum = sym_size / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block); |
| 2830 | /* No reason to multiply on pst side and divide on sym side... FIXME */ |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 | /* Read in and process each debug symbol within the specified range. |
| 2833 | */ |
| 2834 | for (symnum = 0; |
| 2835 | symnum < max_symnum; |
| 2836 | symnum++) |
| 2837 | { |
| 2838 | QUIT; /* Allow this to be interruptable */ |
| 2839 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index + symnum, objfile); |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension) |
| 2842 | continue; |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 | /* Yow! We call set_namestring on things without names! */ |
| 2845 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 | hpread_process_one_debug_symbol (dn_bufp, namestring, section_offsets, |
| 2848 | objfile, text_offset, text_size, |
| 2849 | filename, symnum + sym_index, |
| 2850 | &at_module_boundary |
| 2851 | ); |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 | /* OLD COMMENTS: This routine is only called for psts. All psts |
| 2854 | * correspond to MODULES. If we ever do lazy-reading of globals |
| 2855 | * from the LNTT, then there will be a pst which ends when the |
| 2856 | * LNTT ends, and not at an END MODULE entry. Then we'll have |
| 2857 | * to re-visit this break. |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | if( at_end_of_module ) |
| 2860 | break; |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 | */ |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 | /* We no longer break out of the loop when we reach the end of a |
| 2865 | module. The reason is that with CTTI, the compiler can generate |
| 2866 | function symbols (for template function instantiations) which are not |
| 2867 | in any module; typically they show up beyond a module's end, and |
| 2868 | before the next module's start. We include them in the current |
| 2869 | module. However, we still don't trust the MAX_SYMNUM value from |
| 2870 | the psymtab, so we break out if we enter a new module. */ |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | if (at_module_boundary == -1) |
| 2873 | break; |
| 2874 | } |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | current_objfile = NULL; |
| 2877 | deprecated_hp_som_som_object_present = 1; /* Indicate we've processed an HP SOM SOM file */ |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 | return end_symtab (text_offset + text_size, objfile, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); |
| 2880 | } |
| 2881 | \f |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | /* Convert basic types from HP debug format into GDB internal format. */ |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | static int |
| 2888 | hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer typep) |
| 2889 | { |
| 2890 | if (!typep.dntti.immediate) |
| 2891 | { |
| 2892 | error (_("error in hpread_type_translate\n.")); |
| 2893 | return FT_VOID; |
| 2894 | } |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 | switch (typep.dntti.type) |
| 2897 | { |
| 2898 | case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN: |
| 2899 | case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_S300_COMPAT: |
| 2900 | case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_VAX_COMPAT: |
| 2901 | return FT_BOOLEAN; |
| 2902 | case HP_TYPE_CHAR: /* C signed char, C++ plain char */ |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | case HP_TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: |
| 2905 | return FT_CHAR; |
| 2906 | case HP_TYPE_INT: |
| 2907 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8) |
| 2908 | return FT_SIGNED_CHAR; /* C++ signed char */ |
| 2909 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16) |
| 2910 | return FT_SHORT; |
| 2911 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32) |
| 2912 | return FT_INTEGER; |
| 2913 | return FT_LONG_LONG; |
| 2914 | case HP_TYPE_LONG: |
| 2915 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8) |
| 2916 | return FT_SIGNED_CHAR; /* C++ signed char. */ |
| 2917 | return FT_LONG; |
| 2918 | case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG: |
| 2919 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8) |
| 2920 | return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR; /* C/C++ unsigned char */ |
| 2921 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16) |
| 2922 | return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT; |
| 2923 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32) |
| 2924 | return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG; |
| 2925 | return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG; |
| 2926 | case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INT: |
| 2927 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8) |
| 2928 | return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR; |
| 2929 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16) |
| 2930 | return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT; |
| 2931 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32) |
| 2932 | return FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER; |
| 2933 | return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG; |
| 2934 | case HP_TYPE_REAL: |
| 2935 | case HP_TYPE_REAL_3000: |
| 2936 | case HP_TYPE_DOUBLE: |
| 2937 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 64) |
| 2938 | return FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT; |
| 2939 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128) |
| 2940 | return FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT; |
| 2941 | return FT_FLOAT; |
| 2942 | case HP_TYPE_COMPLEX: |
| 2943 | case HP_TYPE_COMPLEXS3000: |
| 2944 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128) |
| 2945 | return FT_DBL_PREC_COMPLEX; |
| 2946 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 192) |
| 2947 | return FT_EXT_PREC_COMPLEX; |
| 2948 | return FT_COMPLEX; |
| 2949 | case HP_TYPE_VOID: |
| 2950 | return FT_VOID; |
| 2951 | case HP_TYPE_STRING200: |
| 2952 | case HP_TYPE_LONGSTRING200: |
| 2953 | case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_SPEC: |
| 2954 | case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_SPEC: |
| 2955 | case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_3000: |
| 2956 | case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_S300_COMPAT: |
| 2957 | case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_VAX_COMPAT: |
| 2958 | return FT_STRING; |
| 2959 | case HP_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG: |
| 2960 | return FT_TEMPLATE_ARG; |
| 2961 | case HP_TYPE_TEXT: |
| 2962 | case HP_TYPE_FLABEL: |
| 2963 | case HP_TYPE_PACKED_DECIMAL: |
| 2964 | case HP_TYPE_ANYPOINTER: |
| 2965 | case HP_TYPE_GLOBAL_ANYPOINTER: |
| 2966 | case HP_TYPE_LOCAL_ANYPOINTER: |
| 2967 | default: |
| 2968 | warning (_("hpread_type_translate: unhandled type code.")); |
| 2969 | return FT_VOID; |
| 2970 | } |
| 2971 | } |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | /* Given a position in the DNTT, return a pointer to the |
| 2974 | * already-built "struct type" (if any), for the type defined |
| 2975 | * at that position. |
| 2976 | */ |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | static struct type ** |
| 2979 | hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 2980 | { |
| 2981 | unsigned old_len; |
| 2982 | int index = hp_type.dnttp.index; |
| 2983 | int size_changed = 0; |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 | /* The immediate flag indicates this doesn't actually point to |
| 2986 | * a type DNTT. |
| 2987 | */ |
| 2988 | if (hp_type.dntti.immediate) |
| 2989 | return NULL; |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 | /* For each objfile, we maintain a "type vector". |
| 2992 | * This an array of "struct type *"'s with one pointer per DNTT index. |
| 2993 | * Given a DNTT index, we look in this array to see if we have |
| 2994 | * already processed this DNTT and if it is a type definition. |
| 2995 | * If so, then we can locate a pointer to the already-built |
| 2996 | * "struct type", and not build it again. |
| 2997 | * |
| 2998 | * The need for this arises because our DNTT-walking code wanders |
| 2999 | * around. In particular, it will encounter the same type multiple |
| 3000 | * times (once for each object of that type). We don't want to |
| 3001 | * built multiple "struct type"'s for the same thing. |
| 3002 | * |
| 3003 | * Having said this, I should point out that this type-vector is |
| 3004 | * an expensive way to keep track of this. If most DNTT entries are |
| 3005 | * 3 words, the type-vector will be 1/3 the size of the DNTT itself. |
| 3006 | * Alternative solutions: |
| 3007 | * - Keep a compressed or hashed table. Less memory, but more expensive |
| 3008 | * to search and update. |
| 3009 | * - (Suggested by JB): Overwrite the DNTT entry itself |
| 3010 | * with the info. Create a new type code "ALREADY_BUILT", and modify |
| 3011 | * the DNTT to have that type code and point to the already-built entry. |
| 3012 | * -RT |
| 3013 | */ |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | if (index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)) |
| 3016 | { |
| 3017 | if (index >= DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile)) |
| 3018 | { |
| 3019 | old_len = DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile); |
| 3020 | |
| 3021 | /* See if we need to allocate a type-vector. */ |
| 3022 | if (old_len == 0) |
| 3023 | { |
| 3024 | DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile) + GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile); |
| 3025 | DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **) |
| 3026 | xmalloc (DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *)); |
| 3027 | memset (&DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[old_len], 0, |
| 3028 | (DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) - old_len) * |
| 3029 | sizeof (struct type *)); |
| 3030 | } |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | /* See if we need to resize type-vector. With my change to |
| 3033 | * initially allocate a correct-size type-vector, this code |
| 3034 | * should no longer trigger. |
| 3035 | */ |
| 3036 | while (index >= DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile)) |
| 3037 | { |
| 3038 | DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) *= 2; |
| 3039 | size_changed = 1; |
| 3040 | } |
| 3041 | if (size_changed) |
| 3042 | { |
| 3043 | DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **) |
| 3044 | xrealloc ((char *) DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile), |
| 3045 | (DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *))); |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | memset (&DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[old_len], 0, |
| 3048 | (DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) - old_len) * |
| 3049 | sizeof (struct type *)); |
| 3050 | } |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | } |
| 3053 | return &DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[index]; |
| 3054 | } |
| 3055 | else |
| 3056 | return NULL; |
| 3057 | } |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | /* Possibly allocate a GDB internal type so we can internalize HP_TYPE. |
| 3060 | Note we'll just return the address of a GDB internal type if we already |
| 3061 | have it lying around. */ |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | static struct type * |
| 3064 | hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 3065 | { |
| 3066 | struct type **type_addr; |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | type_addr = hpread_lookup_type (hp_type, objfile); |
| 3069 | if (*type_addr == 0) |
| 3070 | { |
| 3071 | *type_addr = alloc_type (objfile); |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 | /* A hack - if we really are a C++ class symbol, then this default |
| 3074 | * will get overriden later on. |
| 3075 | */ |
| 3076 | TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (*type_addr) |
| 3077 | = (struct cplus_struct_type *) &cplus_struct_default; |
| 3078 | } |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 | return *type_addr; |
| 3081 | } |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | /* Read a native enumerated type and return it in GDB internal form. */ |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | static struct type * |
| 3086 | hpread_read_enum_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
| 3087 | struct objfile *objfile) |
| 3088 | { |
| 3089 | struct type *type; |
| 3090 | struct pending **symlist, *osyms, *syms; |
| 3091 | struct pending *local_list = NULL; |
| 3092 | int o_nsyms, nsyms = 0; |
| 3093 | dnttpointer mem; |
| 3094 | union dnttentry *memp; |
| 3095 | char *name; |
| 3096 | long n; |
| 3097 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | /* Allocate a GDB type. If we've already read in this enum type, |
| 3100 | * it'll return the already built GDB type, so stop here. |
| 3101 | * (Note: I added this check, to conform with what's done for |
| 3102 | * struct, union, class. |
| 3103 | * I assume this is OK. - RT) |
| 3104 | */ |
| 3105 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); |
| 3106 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 3107 | return type; |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | /* HP C supports "sized enums", where a specifier such as "short" or |
| 3110 | "char" can be used to get enums of different sizes. So don't assume |
| 3111 | an enum is always 4 bytes long. pai/1997-08-21 */ |
| 3112 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->denum.bitlength / 8; |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | symlist = &file_symbols; |
| 3115 | osyms = *symlist; |
| 3116 | o_nsyms = osyms ? osyms->nsyms : 0; |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 | /* Get a name for each member and add it to our list of members. |
| 3119 | * The list of "mem" SOM records we are walking should all be |
| 3120 | * SOM type DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM (not checked). |
| 3121 | */ |
| 3122 | mem = dn_bufp->denum.firstmem; |
| 3123 | while (mem.word && mem.word != DNTTNIL) |
| 3124 | { |
| 3125 | memp = hpread_get_lntt (mem.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | name = VT (objfile) + memp->dmember.name; |
| 3128 | sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 3129 | sizeof (struct symbol)); |
| 3130 | memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol)); |
| 3131 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name), |
| 3132 | &objfile->objfile_obstack); |
| 3133 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST; |
| 3134 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) = VAR_DOMAIN; |
| 3135 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = memp->dmember.value; |
| 3136 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, symlist); |
| 3137 | nsyms++; |
| 3138 | mem = memp->dmember.nextmem; |
| 3139 | } |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 | /* Now that we know more about the enum, fill in more info. */ |
| 3142 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_ENUM; |
| 3143 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_STUB; |
| 3144 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms; |
| 3145 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) |
| 3146 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, sizeof (struct field) * nsyms); |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | /* Find the symbols for the members and put them into the type. |
| 3149 | The symbols can be found in the symlist that we put them on |
| 3150 | to cause them to be defined. osyms contains the old value |
| 3151 | of that symlist; everything up to there was defined by us. |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | Note that we preserve the order of the enum constants, so |
| 3154 | that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print |
| 3155 | FOO, not LAST_THING. */ |
| 3156 | for (syms = *symlist, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next) |
| 3157 | { |
| 3158 | int j = 0; |
| 3159 | if (syms == osyms) |
| 3160 | j = o_nsyms; |
| 3161 | for (; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++) |
| 3162 | { |
| 3163 | struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j]; |
| 3164 | SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym) = type; |
| 3165 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (xsym); |
| 3166 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, n) = SYMBOL_VALUE (xsym); |
| 3167 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0; |
| 3168 | TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (type, n) = 0; |
| 3169 | } |
| 3170 | if (syms == osyms) |
| 3171 | break; |
| 3172 | } |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | return type; |
| 3175 | } |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | /* Read and internalize a native function debug symbol. */ |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 | static struct type * |
| 3180 | hpread_read_function_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
| 3181 | struct objfile *objfile, int newblock) |
| 3182 | { |
| 3183 | struct type *type, *type1; |
| 3184 | struct pending *syms; |
| 3185 | struct pending *local_list = NULL; |
| 3186 | int nsyms = 0; |
| 3187 | dnttpointer param; |
| 3188 | union dnttentry *paramp; |
| 3189 | char *name; |
| 3190 | long n; |
| 3191 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 3192 | int record_args = 1; |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | /* See if we've already read in this type. */ |
| 3195 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); |
| 3196 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 3197 | { |
| 3198 | record_args = 0; /* already read in, don't modify type */ |
| 3199 | } |
| 3200 | else |
| 3201 | { |
| 3202 | /* Nope, so read it in and store it away. */ |
| 3203 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION || |
| 3204 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) |
| 3205 | type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunc.retval, |
| 3206 | objfile)); |
| 3207 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE) |
| 3208 | type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunctype.retval, |
| 3209 | objfile)); |
| 3210 | else /* expect DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE */ |
| 3211 | type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunc_template.retval, |
| 3212 | objfile)); |
| 3213 | replace_type (type, type1); |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 | /* Mark it -- in the middle of processing */ |
| 3216 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE; |
| 3217 | } |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | /* Now examine each parameter noting its type, location, and a |
| 3220 | wealth of other information. */ |
| 3221 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION || |
| 3222 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) |
| 3223 | param = dn_bufp->dfunc.firstparam; |
| 3224 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE) |
| 3225 | param = dn_bufp->dfunctype.firstparam; |
| 3226 | else /* expect DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE */ |
| 3227 | param = dn_bufp->dfunc_template.firstparam; |
| 3228 | while (param.word && param.word != DNTTNIL) |
| 3229 | { |
| 3230 | paramp = hpread_get_lntt (param.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 3231 | nsyms++; |
| 3232 | param = paramp->dfparam.nextparam; |
| 3233 | |
| 3234 | /* Get the name. */ |
| 3235 | name = VT (objfile) + paramp->dfparam.name; |
| 3236 | sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 3237 | sizeof (struct symbol)); |
| 3238 | (void) memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol)); |
| 3239 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name), |
| 3240 | &objfile->objfile_obstack); |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 | /* Figure out where it lives. */ |
| 3243 | if (paramp->dfparam.regparam) |
| 3244 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM; |
| 3245 | else if (paramp->dfparam.indirect) |
| 3246 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG; |
| 3247 | else |
| 3248 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG; |
| 3249 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) = VAR_DOMAIN; |
| 3250 | if (paramp->dfparam.copyparam) |
| 3251 | { |
| 3252 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location; |
| 3253 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) |
| 3254 | += hpread_adjust_stack_address (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile)); |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | /* This is likely a pass-by-invisible reference parameter, |
| 3257 | Hack on the symbol class to make GDB happy. */ |
| 3258 | /* ??rehrauer: This appears to be broken w/r/t to passing |
| 3259 | C values of type float and struct. Perhaps this ought |
| 3260 | to be highighted as a special case, but for now, just |
| 3261 | allowing these to be LOC_ARGs seems to work fine. |
| 3262 | */ |
| 3263 | #if 0 |
| 3264 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR; |
| 3265 | #endif |
| 3266 | } |
| 3267 | else |
| 3268 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location; |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | /* Get its type. */ |
| 3271 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (paramp->dfparam.type, objfile); |
| 3272 | /* Add it to the symbol list. */ |
| 3273 | /* Note 1 (RT) At the moment, add_symbol_to_list() is also being |
| 3274 | * called on FPARAM symbols from the process_one_debug_symbol() |
| 3275 | * level... so parameters are getting added twice! (this shows |
| 3276 | * up in the symbol dump you get from "maint print symbols ..."). |
| 3277 | * Note 2 (RT) I took out the processing of FPARAM from the |
| 3278 | * process_one_debug_symbol() level, so at the moment parameters are only |
| 3279 | * being processed here. This seems to have no ill effect. |
| 3280 | */ |
| 3281 | /* Note 3 (pai/1997-08-11) I removed the add_symbol_to_list() which put |
| 3282 | each fparam on the local_symbols list from here. Now we use the |
| 3283 | local_list to which fparams are added below, and set the param_symbols |
| 3284 | global to point to that at the end of this routine. */ |
| 3285 | /* elz: I added this new list of symbols which is local to the function. |
| 3286 | this list is the one which is actually used to build the type for the |
| 3287 | function rather than the gloabal list pointed to by symlist. |
| 3288 | Using a global list to keep track of the parameters is wrong, because |
| 3289 | this function is called recursively if one parameter happend to be |
| 3290 | a function itself with more parameters in it. Adding parameters to the |
| 3291 | same global symbol list would not work! |
| 3292 | Actually it did work in case of cc compiled programs where you do |
| 3293 | not check the parameter lists of the arguments. */ |
| 3294 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_list); |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | } |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 | /* If type was read in earlier, don't bother with modifying |
| 3299 | the type struct */ |
| 3300 | if (!record_args) |
| 3301 | goto finish; |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 | /* Note how many parameters we found. */ |
| 3304 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms; |
| 3305 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) |
| 3306 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 3307 | sizeof (struct field) * nsyms); |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 | /* Find the symbols for the parameters and |
| 3310 | use them to fill parameter-type information into the function-type. |
| 3311 | The parameter symbols can be found in the local_list that we just put them on. */ |
| 3312 | /* Note that we preserve the order of the parameters, so |
| 3313 | that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print |
| 3314 | FOO, not LAST_THING. */ |
| 3315 | |
| 3316 | /* get the parameters types from the local list not the global list |
| 3317 | so that the type can be correctly constructed for functions which |
| 3318 | have function as parameters */ |
| 3319 | for (syms = local_list, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next) |
| 3320 | { |
| 3321 | int j = 0; |
| 3322 | for (j = 0; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++) |
| 3323 | { |
| 3324 | struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j]; |
| 3325 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (xsym); |
| 3326 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, n) = SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym); |
| 3327 | TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, n) = 0; |
| 3328 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0; |
| 3329 | TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (type, n) = 0; |
| 3330 | } |
| 3331 | } |
| 3332 | /* Mark it as having been processed */ |
| 3333 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~(TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE); |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | /* Check whether we need to fix-up a class type with this function's type */ |
| 3336 | if (fixup_class && (fixup_method == type)) |
| 3337 | { |
| 3338 | fixup_class_method_type (fixup_class, fixup_method, objfile); |
| 3339 | fixup_class = NULL; |
| 3340 | fixup_method = NULL; |
| 3341 | } |
| 3342 | |
| 3343 | /* Set the param list of this level of the context stack |
| 3344 | to our local list. Do this only if this function was |
| 3345 | called for creating a new block, and not if it was called |
| 3346 | simply to get the function type. This prevents recursive |
| 3347 | invocations from trashing param_symbols. */ |
| 3348 | finish: |
| 3349 | if (newblock) |
| 3350 | param_symbols = local_list; |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | return type; |
| 3353 | } |
| 3354 | |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 | /* Read and internalize a native DOC function debug symbol. */ |
| 3357 | /* This is almost identical to hpread_read_function_type(), except |
| 3358 | * for references to dn_bufp->ddocfunc instead of db_bufp->dfunc. |
| 3359 | * Since debug information for DOC functions is more likely to be |
| 3360 | * volatile, please leave it this way. |
| 3361 | */ |
| 3362 | static struct type * |
| 3363 | hpread_read_doc_function_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
| 3364 | struct objfile *objfile, int newblock) |
| 3365 | { |
| 3366 | struct pending *syms; |
| 3367 | struct pending *local_list = NULL; |
| 3368 | int nsyms = 0; |
| 3369 | struct type *type; |
| 3370 | dnttpointer param; |
| 3371 | union dnttentry *paramp; |
| 3372 | char *name; |
| 3373 | long n; |
| 3374 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 3375 | int record_args = 1; |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | /* See if we've already read in this type. */ |
| 3378 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); |
| 3379 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 3380 | { |
| 3381 | record_args = 0; /* already read in, don't modify type */ |
| 3382 | } |
| 3383 | else |
| 3384 | { |
| 3385 | struct type *type1 = NULL; |
| 3386 | /* Nope, so read it in and store it away. */ |
| 3387 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION || |
| 3388 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC) |
| 3389 | type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.retval, |
| 3390 | objfile)); |
| 3391 | /* NOTE: cagney/2003-03-29: Oh, no not again. TYPE1 is |
| 3392 | potentially left undefined here. Assert it isn't and hope |
| 3393 | the assert never fails ... */ |
| 3394 | gdb_assert (type1 != NULL); |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | replace_type (type, type1); |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | /* Mark it -- in the middle of processing */ |
| 3399 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE; |
| 3400 | } |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | /* Now examine each parameter noting its type, location, and a |
| 3403 | wealth of other information. */ |
| 3404 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION || |
| 3405 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC) |
| 3406 | param = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.firstparam; |
| 3407 | while (param.word && param.word != DNTTNIL) |
| 3408 | { |
| 3409 | paramp = hpread_get_lntt (param.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 3410 | nsyms++; |
| 3411 | param = paramp->dfparam.nextparam; |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | /* Get the name. */ |
| 3414 | name = VT (objfile) + paramp->dfparam.name; |
| 3415 | sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 3416 | sizeof (struct symbol)); |
| 3417 | (void) memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol)); |
| 3418 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = name; |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | /* Figure out where it lives. */ |
| 3421 | if (paramp->dfparam.regparam) |
| 3422 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM; |
| 3423 | else if (paramp->dfparam.indirect) |
| 3424 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG; |
| 3425 | else |
| 3426 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG; |
| 3427 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) = VAR_DOMAIN; |
| 3428 | if (paramp->dfparam.copyparam) |
| 3429 | { |
| 3430 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location; |
| 3431 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) |
| 3432 | += hpread_adjust_stack_address(CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile)); |
| 3433 | |
| 3434 | /* This is likely a pass-by-invisible reference parameter, |
| 3435 | Hack on the symbol class to make GDB happy. */ |
| 3436 | /* ??rehrauer: This appears to be broken w/r/t to passing |
| 3437 | C values of type float and struct. Perhaps this ought |
| 3438 | to be highighted as a special case, but for now, just |
| 3439 | allowing these to be LOC_ARGs seems to work fine. |
| 3440 | */ |
| 3441 | #if 0 |
| 3442 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR; |
| 3443 | #endif |
| 3444 | } |
| 3445 | else |
| 3446 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location; |
| 3447 | |
| 3448 | /* Get its type. */ |
| 3449 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (paramp->dfparam.type, objfile); |
| 3450 | /* Add it to the symbol list. */ |
| 3451 | /* Note 1 (RT) At the moment, add_symbol_to_list() is also being |
| 3452 | * called on FPARAM symbols from the process_one_debug_symbol() |
| 3453 | * level... so parameters are getting added twice! (this shows |
| 3454 | * up in the symbol dump you get from "maint print symbols ..."). |
| 3455 | * Note 2 (RT) I took out the processing of FPARAM from the |
| 3456 | * process_one_debug_symbol() level, so at the moment parameters are only |
| 3457 | * being processed here. This seems to have no ill effect. |
| 3458 | */ |
| 3459 | /* Note 3 (pai/1997-08-11) I removed the add_symbol_to_list() which put |
| 3460 | each fparam on the local_symbols list from here. Now we use the |
| 3461 | local_list to which fparams are added below, and set the param_symbols |
| 3462 | global to point to that at the end of this routine. */ |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 | /* elz: I added this new list of symbols which is local to the function. |
| 3465 | this list is the one which is actually used to build the type for the |
| 3466 | function rather than the gloabal list pointed to by symlist. |
| 3467 | Using a global list to keep track of the parameters is wrong, because |
| 3468 | this function is called recursively if one parameter happend to be |
| 3469 | a function itself with more parameters in it. Adding parameters to the |
| 3470 | same global symbol list would not work! |
| 3471 | Actually it did work in case of cc compiled programs where you do not check the |
| 3472 | parameter lists of the arguments. */ |
| 3473 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_list); |
| 3474 | } |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | /* If type was read in earlier, don't bother with modifying |
| 3477 | the type struct */ |
| 3478 | if (!record_args) |
| 3479 | goto finish; |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | /* Note how many parameters we found. */ |
| 3482 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms; |
| 3483 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) |
| 3484 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 3485 | sizeof (struct field) * nsyms); |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 | /* Find the symbols for the parameters and |
| 3488 | use them to fill parameter-type information into the function-type. |
| 3489 | The parameter symbols can be found in the local_list that we just put them on. */ |
| 3490 | /* Note that we preserve the order of the parameters, so |
| 3491 | that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print |
| 3492 | FOO, not LAST_THING. */ |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 | /* get the parameters types from the local list not the global list |
| 3495 | so that the type can be correctly constructed for functions which |
| 3496 | have function as parameters |
| 3497 | */ |
| 3498 | for (syms = local_list, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next) |
| 3499 | { |
| 3500 | int j = 0; |
| 3501 | for (j = 0; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++) |
| 3502 | { |
| 3503 | struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j]; |
| 3504 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (xsym); |
| 3505 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, n) = SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym); |
| 3506 | TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, n) = 0; |
| 3507 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0; |
| 3508 | TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (type, n) = 0; |
| 3509 | } |
| 3510 | } |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 | /* Mark it as having been processed */ |
| 3513 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~(TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE); |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 | /* Check whether we need to fix-up a class type with this function's type */ |
| 3516 | if (fixup_class && (fixup_method == type)) |
| 3517 | { |
| 3518 | fixup_class_method_type (fixup_class, fixup_method, objfile); |
| 3519 | fixup_class = NULL; |
| 3520 | fixup_method = NULL; |
| 3521 | } |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | /* Set the param list of this level of the context stack |
| 3524 | to our local list. Do this only if this function was |
| 3525 | called for creating a new block, and not if it was called |
| 3526 | simply to get the function type. This prevents recursive |
| 3527 | invocations from trashing param_symbols. */ |
| 3528 | finish: |
| 3529 | if (newblock) |
| 3530 | param_symbols = local_list; |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | return type; |
| 3533 | } |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 | /* A file-level variable which keeps track of the current-template |
| 3538 | * being processed. Set in hpread_read_struct_type() while processing |
| 3539 | * a template type. Referred to in hpread_get_nth_templ_arg(). |
| 3540 | * Yes, this is a kludge, but it arises from the kludge that already |
| 3541 | * exists in symtab.h, namely the fact that they encode |
| 3542 | * "template argument n" with fundamental type FT_TEMPLATE_ARG and |
| 3543 | * bitlength n. This means that deep in processing fundamental types |
| 3544 | * I need to ask the question "what template am I in the middle of?". |
| 3545 | * The alternative to stuffing a global would be to pass an argument |
| 3546 | * down the chain of calls just for this purpose. |
| 3547 | * |
| 3548 | * There may be problems handling nested templates... tough. |
| 3549 | */ |
| 3550 | static struct type *current_template = NULL; |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | /* Read in and internalize a structure definition. |
| 3553 | * This same routine is called for struct, union, and class types. |
| 3554 | * Also called for templates, since they build a very similar |
| 3555 | * type entry as for class types. |
| 3556 | */ |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | static struct type * |
| 3559 | hpread_read_struct_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
| 3560 | struct objfile *objfile) |
| 3561 | { |
| 3562 | /* The data members get linked together into a list of struct nextfield's */ |
| 3563 | struct nextfield |
| 3564 | { |
| 3565 | struct nextfield *next; |
| 3566 | struct field field; |
| 3567 | unsigned char attributes; /* store visibility and virtuality info */ |
| 3568 | #define ATTR_VIRTUAL 1 |
| 3569 | #define ATTR_PRIVATE 2 |
| 3570 | #define ATTR_PROTECT 3 |
| 3571 | }; |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | /* The methods get linked together into a list of struct next_fn_field's */ |
| 3575 | struct next_fn_field |
| 3576 | { |
| 3577 | struct next_fn_field *next; |
| 3578 | struct fn_fieldlist field; |
| 3579 | struct fn_field fn_field; |
| 3580 | int num_fn_fields; |
| 3581 | }; |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 | /* The template args get linked together into a list of struct next_template's */ |
| 3584 | struct next_template |
| 3585 | { |
| 3586 | struct next_template *next; |
| 3587 | struct template_arg arg; |
| 3588 | }; |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 | /* The template instantiations get linked together into a list of these... */ |
| 3591 | struct next_instantiation |
| 3592 | { |
| 3593 | struct next_instantiation *next; |
| 3594 | struct type *t; |
| 3595 | }; |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 | struct type *type; |
| 3598 | struct type *baseclass; |
| 3599 | struct type *memtype; |
| 3600 | struct nextfield *list = 0, *tmp_list = 0; |
| 3601 | struct next_fn_field *fn_list = 0; |
| 3602 | struct next_fn_field *fn_p; |
| 3603 | struct next_template *t_new, *t_list = 0; |
| 3604 | struct nextfield *new; |
| 3605 | struct next_fn_field *fn_new; |
| 3606 | struct next_instantiation *i_new, *i_list = 0; |
| 3607 | int n, nfields = 0, n_fn_fields = 0, n_fn_fields_total = 0; |
| 3608 | int n_base_classes = 0, n_templ_args = 0; |
| 3609 | int ninstantiations = 0; |
| 3610 | dnttpointer field, fn_field, parent; |
| 3611 | union dnttentry *fieldp, *fn_fieldp, *parentp; |
| 3612 | int i; |
| 3613 | int static_member = 0; |
| 3614 | int const_member = 0; |
| 3615 | int volatile_member = 0; |
| 3616 | unsigned long vtbl_offset; |
| 3617 | int need_bitvectors = 0; |
| 3618 | char *method_name = NULL; |
| 3619 | char *method_alias = NULL; |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 | /* Is it something we've already dealt with? */ |
| 3623 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); |
| 3624 | if ((TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) || |
| 3625 | (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION) || |
| 3626 | (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CLASS) || |
| 3627 | (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE)) |
| 3628 | return type; |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 | /* Get the basic type correct. */ |
| 3631 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT) |
| 3632 | { |
| 3633 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 3634 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dstruct.bitlength / 8; |
| 3635 | } |
| 3636 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION) |
| 3637 | { |
| 3638 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_UNION; |
| 3639 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dunion.bitlength / 8; |
| 3640 | } |
| 3641 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS) |
| 3642 | { |
| 3643 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_CLASS; |
| 3644 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dclass.bitlength / 8; |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | /* Overrides the TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC(type) with allocated memory |
| 3647 | * rather than &cplus_struct_default. |
| 3648 | */ |
| 3649 | allocate_cplus_struct_type (type); |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 | /* Fill in declared-type. |
| 3652 | * (The C++ compiler will emit TYPE_CODE_CLASS |
| 3653 | * for all 3 of "class", "struct" |
| 3654 | * "union", and we have to look at the "class_decl" field if we |
| 3655 | * want to know how it was really declared) |
| 3656 | */ |
| 3657 | /* (0==class, 1==union, 2==struct) */ |
| 3658 | TYPE_DECLARED_TYPE (type) = dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl; |
| 3659 | } |
| 3660 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) |
| 3661 | { |
| 3662 | /* Get the basic type correct. */ |
| 3663 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE; |
| 3664 | allocate_cplus_struct_type (type); |
| 3665 | TYPE_DECLARED_TYPE (type) = DECLARED_TYPE_TEMPLATE; |
| 3666 | } |
| 3667 | else |
| 3668 | return type; |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_STUB; |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 | /* For classes, read the parent list. |
| 3674 | * Question (RT): Do we need to do this for templates also? |
| 3675 | */ |
| 3676 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS) |
| 3677 | { |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 | /* First read the parent-list (classes from which we derive fields) */ |
| 3680 | parent = dn_bufp->dclass.parentlist; |
| 3681 | while (parent.word && parent.word != DNTTNIL) |
| 3682 | { |
| 3683 | parentp = hpread_get_lntt (parent.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 | /* "parentp" should point to a DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE record */ |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */ |
| 3688 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 3689 | memset (new, 0, sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 3690 | new->next = list; |
| 3691 | list = new; |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; |
| 3694 | FIELD_STATIC_KIND (list->field) = 0; |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 | /* The "classname" field is actually a DNTT pointer to the base class */ |
| 3697 | baseclass = hpread_type_lookup (parentp->dinheritance.classname, |
| 3698 | objfile); |
| 3699 | FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = baseclass; |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | list->field.name = type_name_no_tag (FIELD_TYPE (list->field)); |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | list->attributes = 0; |
| 3704 | |
| 3705 | /* Check for virtuality of base, and set the |
| 3706 | * offset of the base subobject within the object. |
| 3707 | * (Offset set to -1 for virtual bases (for now).) |
| 3708 | */ |
| 3709 | if (parentp->dinheritance.Virtual) |
| 3710 | { |
| 3711 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_VIRTUAL); |
| 3712 | parentp->dinheritance.offset = -1; |
| 3713 | } |
| 3714 | else |
| 3715 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = parentp->dinheritance.offset; |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 | /* Check visibility */ |
| 3718 | switch (parentp->dinheritance.visibility) |
| 3719 | { |
| 3720 | case 1: |
| 3721 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT); |
| 3722 | break; |
| 3723 | case 2: |
| 3724 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE); |
| 3725 | break; |
| 3726 | } |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 | n_base_classes++; |
| 3729 | nfields++; |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | parent = parentp->dinheritance.next; |
| 3732 | } |
| 3733 | } |
| 3734 | |
| 3735 | /* For templates, read the template argument list. |
| 3736 | * This must be done before processing the member list, because |
| 3737 | * the member list may refer back to this. E.g.: |
| 3738 | * template <class T1, class T2> class q2 { |
| 3739 | * public: |
| 3740 | * T1 a; |
| 3741 | * T2 b; |
| 3742 | * }; |
| 3743 | * We need to read the argument list "T1", "T2" first. |
| 3744 | */ |
| 3745 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) |
| 3746 | { |
| 3747 | /* Kludge alert: This stuffs a global "current_template" which |
| 3748 | * is referred to by hpread_get_nth_templ_arg(). The global |
| 3749 | * is cleared at the end of this routine. |
| 3750 | */ |
| 3751 | current_template = type; |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | /* Read in the argument list */ |
| 3754 | field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.arglist; |
| 3755 | while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL) |
| 3756 | { |
| 3757 | /* Get this template argument */ |
| 3758 | fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 3759 | if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG) |
| 3760 | { |
| 3761 | warning (_("Invalid debug info: Template argument entry is of wrong kind")); |
| 3762 | break; |
| 3763 | } |
| 3764 | /* Bump the count */ |
| 3765 | n_templ_args++; |
| 3766 | /* Allocate and fill in a struct next_template */ |
| 3767 | t_new = (struct next_template *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_template)); |
| 3768 | memset (t_new, 0, sizeof (struct next_template)); |
| 3769 | t_new->next = t_list; |
| 3770 | t_list = t_new; |
| 3771 | t_list->arg.name = VT (objfile) + fieldp->dtempl_arg.name; |
| 3772 | t_list->arg.type = hpread_read_templ_arg_type (field, fieldp, |
| 3773 | objfile, t_list->arg.name); |
| 3774 | /* Walk to the next template argument */ |
| 3775 | field = fieldp->dtempl_arg.nextarg; |
| 3776 | } |
| 3777 | } |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 | TYPE_NTEMPLATE_ARGS (type) = n_templ_args; |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 | if (n_templ_args > 0) |
| 3782 | TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARGS (type) = (struct template_arg *) |
| 3783 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, sizeof (struct template_arg) * n_templ_args); |
| 3784 | for (n = n_templ_args; t_list; t_list = t_list->next) |
| 3785 | { |
| 3786 | n -= 1; |
| 3787 | TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG (type, n) = t_list->arg; |
| 3788 | } |
| 3789 | |
| 3790 | /* Next read in and internalize all the fields/members. */ |
| 3791 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT) |
| 3792 | field = dn_bufp->dstruct.firstfield; |
| 3793 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION) |
| 3794 | field = dn_bufp->dunion.firstfield; |
| 3795 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS) |
| 3796 | field = dn_bufp->dclass.memberlist; |
| 3797 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) |
| 3798 | field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.memberlist; |
| 3799 | else |
| 3800 | field.word = DNTTNIL; |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL) |
| 3803 | { |
| 3804 | fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | /* At this point "fieldp" may point to either a DNTT_TYPE_FIELD |
| 3807 | * or a DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD record. |
| 3808 | */ |
| 3809 | vtbl_offset = 0; |
| 3810 | static_member = 0; |
| 3811 | const_member = 0; |
| 3812 | volatile_member = 0; |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | if (fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD) |
| 3815 | { |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 | /* The type will be GENFIELD if the field is a method or |
| 3818 | * a static member (or some other cases -- see below) |
| 3819 | */ |
| 3820 | |
| 3821 | /* Follow a link to get to the record for the field. */ |
| 3822 | fn_field = fieldp->dgenfield.field; |
| 3823 | fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | /* Virtual funcs are indicated by a VFUNC which points to the |
| 3826 | * real entry |
| 3827 | */ |
| 3828 | if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC) |
| 3829 | { |
| 3830 | vtbl_offset = fn_fieldp->dvfunc.vtbl_offset; |
| 3831 | fn_field = fn_fieldp->dvfunc.funcptr; |
| 3832 | fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 3833 | } |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 | /* A function's entry may be preceded by a modifier which |
| 3836 | * labels it static/constant/volatile. |
| 3837 | */ |
| 3838 | if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER) |
| 3839 | { |
| 3840 | static_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_static; |
| 3841 | const_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_const; |
| 3842 | volatile_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_volatile; |
| 3843 | fn_field = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.type; |
| 3844 | fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 3845 | } |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 | /* Check whether we have a method */ |
| 3848 | if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) || |
| 3849 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) || |
| 3850 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC) || |
| 3851 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION)) |
| 3852 | { |
| 3853 | /* Method found */ |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 | short ix = 0; |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 | /* Look up function type of method */ |
| 3858 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_field, objfile); |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 | /* Methods can be seen before classes in the SOM records. |
| 3861 | If we are processing this class because it's a parameter of a |
| 3862 | method, at this point the method's type is actually incomplete; |
| 3863 | we'll have to fix it up later; mark the class for this. */ |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | if (TYPE_INCOMPLETE (memtype)) |
| 3866 | { |
| 3867 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE; |
| 3868 | if (fixup_class) |
| 3869 | warning (_("Two classes to fix up for method?? Type information may be incorrect for some classes.")); |
| 3870 | if (fixup_method) |
| 3871 | warning (_("Two methods to be fixed up at once?? Type information may be incorrect for some classes.")); |
| 3872 | fixup_class = type; /* remember this class has to be fixed up */ |
| 3873 | fixup_method = memtype; /* remember the method type to be used in fixup */ |
| 3874 | } |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | /* HP aCC generates operator names without the "operator" keyword, and |
| 3877 | generates null strings as names for operators that are |
| 3878 | user-defined type conversions to basic types (e.g. operator int ()). |
| 3879 | So try to reconstruct name as best as possible. */ |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 | method_name = (char *) (VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfunc.name); |
| 3882 | method_alias = (char *) (VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfunc.alias); |
| 3883 | |
| 3884 | if (!method_name || /* no name */ |
| 3885 | !*method_name || /* or null name */ |
| 3886 | cplus_mangle_opname (method_name, DMGL_ANSI)) /* or name is an operator like "<" */ |
| 3887 | { |
| 3888 | char *tmp_name = cplus_demangle (method_alias, DMGL_ANSI); |
| 3889 | char *op_string = strstr (tmp_name, "operator"); |
| 3890 | method_name = xmalloc (strlen (op_string) + 1); /* don't overwrite VT! */ |
| 3891 | strcpy (method_name, op_string); |
| 3892 | } |
| 3893 | |
| 3894 | /* First check if a method of the same name has already been seen. */ |
| 3895 | fn_p = fn_list; |
| 3896 | while (fn_p) |
| 3897 | { |
| 3898 | if (DEPRECATED_STREQ (fn_p->field.name, method_name)) |
| 3899 | break; |
| 3900 | fn_p = fn_p->next; |
| 3901 | } |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 | /* If no such method was found, allocate a new entry in the list */ |
| 3904 | if (!fn_p) |
| 3905 | { |
| 3906 | /* Get space to record this member function */ |
| 3907 | /* Note: alloca used; this will disappear on routine exit */ |
| 3908 | fn_new = (struct next_fn_field *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_fn_field)); |
| 3909 | memset (fn_new, 0, sizeof (struct next_fn_field)); |
| 3910 | fn_new->next = fn_list; |
| 3911 | fn_list = fn_new; |
| 3912 | |
| 3913 | /* Fill in the fields of the struct nextfield */ |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 | /* Record the (unmangled) method name */ |
| 3916 | fn_list->field.name = method_name; |
| 3917 | /* Initial space for overloaded methods */ |
| 3918 | /* Note: xmalloc is used; this will persist after this routine exits */ |
| 3919 | fn_list->field.fn_fields = (struct fn_field *) xmalloc (5 * (sizeof (struct fn_field))); |
| 3920 | fn_list->field.length = 1; /* Init # of overloaded instances */ |
| 3921 | fn_list->num_fn_fields = 5; /* # of entries for which space allocated */ |
| 3922 | fn_p = fn_list; |
| 3923 | ix = 0; /* array index for fn_field */ |
| 3924 | /* Bump the total count of the distinctly named methods */ |
| 3925 | n_fn_fields++; |
| 3926 | } |
| 3927 | else |
| 3928 | /* Another overloaded instance of an already seen method name */ |
| 3929 | { |
| 3930 | if (++(fn_p->field.length) > fn_p->num_fn_fields) |
| 3931 | { |
| 3932 | /* Increase space allocated for overloaded instances */ |
| 3933 | fn_p->field.fn_fields |
| 3934 | = (struct fn_field *) xrealloc (fn_p->field.fn_fields, |
| 3935 | (fn_p->num_fn_fields + 5) * sizeof (struct fn_field)); |
| 3936 | fn_p->num_fn_fields += 5; |
| 3937 | } |
| 3938 | ix = fn_p->field.length - 1; /* array index for fn_field */ |
| 3939 | } |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | /* "physname" is intended to be the name of this overloaded instance. */ |
| 3942 | if ((fn_fieldp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) && |
| 3943 | method_alias && |
| 3944 | *method_alias) /* not a null string */ |
| 3945 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].physname = method_alias; |
| 3946 | else |
| 3947 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].physname = method_name; |
| 3948 | /* What's expected here is the function type */ |
| 3949 | /* But mark it as NULL if the method was incompletely processed |
| 3950 | We'll fix this up later when the method is fully processed */ |
| 3951 | if (TYPE_INCOMPLETE (memtype)) |
| 3952 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type = NULL; |
| 3953 | else |
| 3954 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type = memtype; |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | /* For virtual functions, fill in the voffset field with the |
| 3957 | * virtual table offset. (This is just copied over from the |
| 3958 | * SOM record; not sure if it is what GDB expects here...). |
| 3959 | * But if the function is a static method, set it to 1. |
| 3960 | * |
| 3961 | * Note that we have to add 1 because 1 indicates a static |
| 3962 | * method, and 0 indicates a non-static, non-virtual method */ |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 | if (static_member) |
| 3965 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].voffset = VOFFSET_STATIC; |
| 3966 | else |
| 3967 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].voffset = vtbl_offset ? vtbl_offset + 1 : 0; |
| 3968 | |
| 3969 | /* Also fill in the fcontext field with the current |
| 3970 | * class. (The latter isn't quite right: should be the baseclass |
| 3971 | * that defines the virtual function... Note we do have |
| 3972 | * a variable "baseclass" that we could stuff into the fcontext |
| 3973 | * field, but "baseclass" isn't necessarily right either, |
| 3974 | * since the virtual function could have been defined more |
| 3975 | * than one level up). |
| 3976 | */ |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | if (vtbl_offset != 0) |
| 3979 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].fcontext = type; |
| 3980 | else |
| 3981 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].fcontext = NULL; |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 | /* Other random fields pertaining to this method */ |
| 3984 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_const = const_member; |
| 3985 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_volatile = volatile_member; /* ?? */ |
| 3986 | switch (fieldp->dgenfield.visibility) |
| 3987 | { |
| 3988 | case 1: |
| 3989 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 1; |
| 3990 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 0; |
| 3991 | break; |
| 3992 | case 2: |
| 3993 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 0; |
| 3994 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 1; |
| 3995 | break; |
| 3996 | default: /* public */ |
| 3997 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 0; |
| 3998 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 0; |
| 3999 | } |
| 4000 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_stub = 0; |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 | /* HP aCC emits both MEMFUNC and FUNCTION entries for a method; |
| 4003 | if the class points to the FUNCTION, there is usually separate |
| 4004 | code for the method; but if we have a MEMFUNC, the method has |
| 4005 | been inlined (and there is usually no FUNCTION entry) |
| 4006 | FIXME Not sure if this test is accurate. pai/1997-08-22 */ |
| 4007 | if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) || |
| 4008 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC)) |
| 4009 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_inlined = 1; |
| 4010 | else |
| 4011 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_inlined = 0; |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].dummy = 0; |
| 4014 | |
| 4015 | /* Bump the total count of the member functions */ |
| 4016 | n_fn_fields_total++; |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 | } |
| 4019 | else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR) |
| 4020 | { |
| 4021 | /* This case is for static data members of classes */ |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 | /* pai:: FIXME -- check that "staticmem" bit is set */ |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 | /* Get space to record this static member */ |
| 4026 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 4027 | memset (new, 0, sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 4028 | new->next = list; |
| 4029 | list = new; |
| 4030 | |
| 4031 | list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dsvar.name; |
| 4032 | SET_FIELD_PHYSNAME (list->field, 0); /* initialize to empty */ |
| 4033 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dsvar.type, objfile); |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = memtype; |
| 4036 | list->attributes = 0; |
| 4037 | switch (fieldp->dgenfield.visibility) |
| 4038 | { |
| 4039 | case 1: |
| 4040 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT); |
| 4041 | break; |
| 4042 | case 2: |
| 4043 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE); |
| 4044 | break; |
| 4045 | } |
| 4046 | nfields++; |
| 4047 | } |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 | else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FIELD) |
| 4050 | { |
| 4051 | /* FIELDs follow GENFIELDs for fields of anonymous unions. |
| 4052 | Code below is replicated from the case for FIELDs further |
| 4053 | below, except that fieldp is replaced by fn_fieldp */ |
| 4054 | if (!fn_fieldp->dfield.a_union) |
| 4055 | warning (_("Debug info inconsistent: FIELD of anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set")); |
| 4056 | /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */ |
| 4057 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 4058 | memset (new, 0, sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 4059 | new->next = list; |
| 4060 | list = new; |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 | list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfield.name; |
| 4063 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = fn_fieldp->dfield.bitoffset; |
| 4064 | if (fn_fieldp->dfield.bitlength % 8) |
| 4065 | list->field.bitsize = fn_fieldp->dfield.bitlength; |
| 4066 | else |
| 4067 | list->field.bitsize = 0; |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dfield.type, objfile); |
| 4070 | list->field.type = memtype; |
| 4071 | list->attributes = 0; |
| 4072 | switch (fn_fieldp->dfield.visibility) |
| 4073 | { |
| 4074 | case 1: |
| 4075 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT); |
| 4076 | break; |
| 4077 | case 2: |
| 4078 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE); |
| 4079 | break; |
| 4080 | } |
| 4081 | nfields++; |
| 4082 | } |
| 4083 | else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR) |
| 4084 | { |
| 4085 | /* Field of anonymous union; union is not inside a class */ |
| 4086 | if (!fn_fieldp->dsvar.a_union) |
| 4087 | warning (_("Debug info inconsistent: SVAR field in anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set")); |
| 4088 | /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */ |
| 4089 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 4090 | memset (new, 0, sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 4091 | new->next = list; |
| 4092 | list = new; |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 | list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dsvar.name; |
| 4095 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = 0; /* FIXME is this always true? */ |
| 4096 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; /* use length from type */ |
| 4097 | FIELD_STATIC_KIND (list->field) = 0; |
| 4098 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dsvar.type, objfile); |
| 4099 | list->field.type = memtype; |
| 4100 | list->attributes = 0; |
| 4101 | /* No info to set visibility -- always public */ |
| 4102 | nfields++; |
| 4103 | } |
| 4104 | else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR) |
| 4105 | { |
| 4106 | /* Field of anonymous union; union is not inside a class */ |
| 4107 | if (!fn_fieldp->ddvar.a_union) |
| 4108 | warning (_("Debug info inconsistent: DVAR field in anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set")); |
| 4109 | /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */ |
| 4110 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 4111 | memset (new, 0, sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 4112 | new->next = list; |
| 4113 | list = new; |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->ddvar.name; |
| 4116 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = 0; /* FIXME is this always true? */ |
| 4117 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; /* use length from type */ |
| 4118 | FIELD_STATIC_KIND (list->field) = 0; |
| 4119 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->ddvar.type, objfile); |
| 4120 | list->field.type = memtype; |
| 4121 | list->attributes = 0; |
| 4122 | /* No info to set visibility -- always public */ |
| 4123 | nfields++; |
| 4124 | } |
| 4125 | else |
| 4126 | { /* Not a method, nor a static data member, nor an anon union field */ |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 | /* This case is for miscellaneous type entries (local enums, |
| 4129 | local function templates, etc.) that can be present |
| 4130 | inside a class. */ |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | /* Enums -- will be handled by other code that takes care |
| 4133 | of DNTT_TYPE_ENUM; here we see only DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM so |
| 4134 | it's not clear we could have handled them here at all. */ |
| 4135 | /* FUNC_TEMPLATE: is handled by other code (?). */ |
| 4136 | /* MEMACCESS: modified access for inherited member. Not |
| 4137 | sure what to do with this, ignoriing it at present. */ |
| 4138 | |
| 4139 | /* What other entries can appear following a GENFIELD which |
| 4140 | we do not handle above? (MODIFIER, VFUNC handled above.) */ |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS) && |
| 4143 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM) && |
| 4144 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE)) |
| 4145 | warning (_("Internal error: Unexpected debug record kind %d found following DNTT_GENFIELD"), |
| 4146 | fn_fieldp->dblock.kind); |
| 4147 | } |
| 4148 | /* walk to the next FIELD or GENFIELD */ |
| 4149 | field = fieldp->dgenfield.nextfield; |
| 4150 | |
| 4151 | } |
| 4152 | else if (fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FIELD) |
| 4153 | { |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 | /* Ordinary structure/union/class field */ |
| 4156 | struct type *anon_union_type; |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 | /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */ |
| 4159 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 4160 | memset (new, 0, sizeof (struct nextfield)); |
| 4161 | new->next = list; |
| 4162 | list = new; |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fieldp->dfield.name; |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 | /* A FIELD by itself (without a GENFIELD) can also be a static |
| 4168 | member. Mark it as static with a physname of NULL. |
| 4169 | fix_static_member_physnames will assign the physname later. */ |
| 4170 | if (fieldp->dfield.staticmem) |
| 4171 | { |
| 4172 | SET_FIELD_PHYSNAME (list->field, NULL); |
| 4173 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = 0; |
| 4174 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; |
| 4175 | } |
| 4176 | else |
| 4177 | /* Non-static data member */ |
| 4178 | { |
| 4179 | FIELD_STATIC_KIND (list->field) = 0; |
| 4180 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitoffset; |
| 4181 | if (fieldp->dfield.bitlength % 8) |
| 4182 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitlength; |
| 4183 | else |
| 4184 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; |
| 4185 | } |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fieldp->dfield.type, objfile); |
| 4188 | FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = memtype; |
| 4189 | list->attributes = 0; |
| 4190 | switch (fieldp->dfield.visibility) |
| 4191 | { |
| 4192 | case 1: |
| 4193 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT); |
| 4194 | break; |
| 4195 | case 2: |
| 4196 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE); |
| 4197 | break; |
| 4198 | } |
| 4199 | nfields++; |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 | /* Note 1: First, we have to check if the current field is an anonymous |
| 4203 | union. If it is, then *its* fields are threaded along in the |
| 4204 | nextfield chain. :-( This was supposed to help debuggers, but is |
| 4205 | really just a nuisance since we deal with anonymous unions anyway by |
| 4206 | checking that the name is null. So anyway, we skip over the fields |
| 4207 | of the anonymous union. pai/1997-08-22 */ |
| 4208 | /* Note 2: In addition, the bitoffsets for the fields of the anon union |
| 4209 | are relative to the enclosing struct, *NOT* relative to the anon |
| 4210 | union! This is an even bigger nuisance -- we have to go in and munge |
| 4211 | the anon union's type information appropriately. pai/1997-08-22 */ |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 | /* Both tasks noted above are done by a separate function. This takes us |
| 4214 | to the next FIELD or GENFIELD, skipping anon unions, and recursively |
| 4215 | processing intermediate types. */ |
| 4216 | field = hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (1, field, &fieldp, objfile); |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | } |
| 4219 | else |
| 4220 | { |
| 4221 | /* neither field nor genfield ?? is this possible?? */ |
| 4222 | /* pai:: FIXME walk to the next -- how? */ |
| 4223 | warning (_("Internal error: unexpected DNTT kind %d encountered as field of struct"), |
| 4224 | fieldp->dblock.kind); |
| 4225 | warning (_("Skipping remaining fields of struct")); |
| 4226 | break; /* get out of loop of fields */ |
| 4227 | } |
| 4228 | } |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 | /* If it's a template, read in the instantiation list */ |
| 4231 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) |
| 4232 | { |
| 4233 | ninstantiations = 0; |
| 4234 | field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.expansions; |
| 4235 | while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL) |
| 4236 | { |
| 4237 | fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 4238 | |
| 4239 | /* The expansions or nextexp should point to a tagdef */ |
| 4240 | if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF) |
| 4241 | break; |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 | i_new = (struct next_instantiation *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_instantiation)); |
| 4244 | memset (i_new, 0, sizeof (struct next_instantiation)); |
| 4245 | i_new->next = i_list; |
| 4246 | i_list = i_new; |
| 4247 | i_list->t = hpread_type_lookup (field, objfile); |
| 4248 | ninstantiations++; |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 | /* And the "type" field of that should point to a class */ |
| 4251 | field = fieldp->dtag.type; |
| 4252 | fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 4253 | if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_CLASS) |
| 4254 | break; |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 | /* Get the next expansion */ |
| 4257 | field = fieldp->dclass.nextexp; |
| 4258 | } |
| 4259 | } |
| 4260 | TYPE_NINSTANTIATIONS (type) = ninstantiations; |
| 4261 | if (ninstantiations > 0) |
| 4262 | TYPE_INSTANTIATIONS (type) = (struct type **) |
| 4263 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, sizeof (struct type *) * ninstantiations); |
| 4264 | for (n = ninstantiations; i_list; i_list = i_list->next) |
| 4265 | { |
| 4266 | n -= 1; |
| 4267 | TYPE_INSTANTIATION (type, n) = i_list->t; |
| 4268 | } |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 | |
| 4271 | /* Copy the field-list to GDB's symbol table */ |
| 4272 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields; |
| 4273 | TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) = n_base_classes; |
| 4274 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) |
| 4275 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 4276 | /* Copy the saved-up fields into the field vector. */ |
| 4277 | for (n = nfields, tmp_list = list; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next) |
| 4278 | { |
| 4279 | n -= 1; |
| 4280 | TYPE_FIELD (type, n) = tmp_list->field; |
| 4281 | } |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 | /* Copy the "function-field-list" (i.e., the list of member |
| 4284 | * functions in the class) to GDB's symbol table |
| 4285 | */ |
| 4286 | TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) = n_fn_fields; |
| 4287 | TYPE_NFN_FIELDS_TOTAL (type) = n_fn_fields_total; |
| 4288 | TYPE_FN_FIELDLISTS (type) = (struct fn_fieldlist *) |
| 4289 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, sizeof (struct fn_fieldlist) * n_fn_fields); |
| 4290 | for (n = n_fn_fields; fn_list; fn_list = fn_list->next) |
| 4291 | { |
| 4292 | n -= 1; |
| 4293 | TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST (type, n) = fn_list->field; |
| 4294 | } |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 | /* pai:: FIXME -- perhaps each bitvector should be created individually */ |
| 4297 | for (n = nfields, tmp_list = list; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next) |
| 4298 | { |
| 4299 | n -= 1; |
| 4300 | if (tmp_list->attributes) |
| 4301 | { |
| 4302 | need_bitvectors = 1; |
| 4303 | break; |
| 4304 | } |
| 4305 | } |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | if (need_bitvectors) |
| 4308 | { |
| 4309 | /* pai:: this step probably redundant */ |
| 4310 | ALLOCATE_CPLUS_STRUCT_TYPE (type); |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 | TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type) = |
| 4313 | (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields)); |
| 4314 | B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type), nfields); |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type) = |
| 4317 | (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields)); |
| 4318 | B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type), nfields); |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type) = |
| 4321 | (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields)); |
| 4322 | B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type), nfields); |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 | /* this field vector isn't actually used with HP aCC */ |
| 4325 | TYPE_FIELD_IGNORE_BITS (type) = |
| 4326 | (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields)); |
| 4327 | B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_IGNORE_BITS (type), nfields); |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 | while (nfields-- > 0) |
| 4330 | { |
| 4331 | if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_VIRTUAL)) |
| 4332 | SET_TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL (type, nfields); |
| 4333 | if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE)) |
| 4334 | SET_TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE (type, nfields); |
| 4335 | if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT)) |
| 4336 | SET_TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED (type, nfields); |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | list = list->next; |
| 4339 | } |
| 4340 | } |
| 4341 | else |
| 4342 | { |
| 4343 | TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type) = NULL; |
| 4344 | TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type) = NULL; |
| 4345 | TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type) = NULL; |
| 4346 | } |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 | if (has_vtable (type)) |
| 4349 | { |
| 4350 | /* Allocate space for class runtime information */ |
| 4351 | TYPE_RUNTIME_PTR (type) = (struct runtime_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct runtime_info)); |
| 4352 | /* Set flag for vtable */ |
| 4353 | TYPE_VTABLE (type) = 1; |
| 4354 | /* The first non-virtual base class with a vtable. */ |
| 4355 | TYPE_PRIMARY_BASE (type) = primary_base_class (type); |
| 4356 | /* The virtual base list. */ |
| 4357 | TYPE_VIRTUAL_BASE_LIST (type) = virtual_base_list (type); |
| 4358 | } |
| 4359 | else |
| 4360 | TYPE_RUNTIME_PTR (type) = NULL; |
| 4361 | |
| 4362 | /* If this is a local type (C++ - declared inside a function), record file name & line # */ |
| 4363 | if (hpread_get_scope_depth (dn_bufp, objfile, 1 /* no need for real depth */ )) |
| 4364 | { |
| 4365 | TYPE_LOCALTYPE_PTR (type) = (struct local_type_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct local_type_info)); |
| 4366 | TYPE_LOCALTYPE_FILE (type) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (current_subfile->name) + 1); |
| 4367 | strcpy (TYPE_LOCALTYPE_FILE (type), current_subfile->name); |
| 4368 | if (current_subfile->line_vector && (current_subfile->line_vector->nitems > 0)) |
| 4369 | TYPE_LOCALTYPE_LINE (type) = current_subfile->line_vector->item[current_subfile->line_vector->nitems - 1].line; |
| 4370 | else |
| 4371 | TYPE_LOCALTYPE_LINE (type) = 0; |
| 4372 | } |
| 4373 | else |
| 4374 | TYPE_LOCALTYPE_PTR (type) = NULL; |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 | /* Clear the global saying what template we are in the middle of processing */ |
| 4377 | current_template = NULL; |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | return type; |
| 4380 | } |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 | /* Adjust the physnames for each static member of a struct |
| 4383 | or class type to be something like "A::x"; then various |
| 4384 | other pieces of code that do a lookup_symbol on the phyname |
| 4385 | work correctly. |
| 4386 | TYPE is a pointer to the struct/class type |
| 4387 | NAME is a char * (string) which is the class/struct name |
| 4388 | Void return */ |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 | static void |
| 4391 | fix_static_member_physnames (struct type *type, char *class_name, |
| 4392 | struct objfile *objfile) |
| 4393 | { |
| 4394 | int i; |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 | /* We fix the member names only for classes or structs */ |
| 4397 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 4398 | return; |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++) |
| 4401 | if (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC (type, i)) |
| 4402 | { |
| 4403 | if (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i)) |
| 4404 | return; /* physnames are already set */ |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 | SET_FIELD_PHYSNAME (TYPE_FIELDS (type)[i], |
| 4407 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 4408 | strlen (class_name) + strlen (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i)) + 3)); |
| 4409 | strcpy (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), class_name); |
| 4410 | strcat (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), "::"); |
| 4411 | strcat (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i)); |
| 4412 | } |
| 4413 | } |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | /* Fix-up the type structure for a CLASS so that the type entry |
| 4416 | * for a method (previously marked with a null type in hpread_read_struct_type() |
| 4417 | * is set correctly to METHOD. |
| 4418 | * OBJFILE is as for other such functions. |
| 4419 | * Void return. */ |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 | static void |
| 4422 | fixup_class_method_type (struct type *class, struct type *method, |
| 4423 | struct objfile *objfile) |
| 4424 | { |
| 4425 | int i, j, k; |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | if (!class || !method || !objfile) |
| 4428 | return; |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | /* Only for types that have methods */ |
| 4431 | if ((TYPE_CODE (class) != TYPE_CODE_CLASS) && |
| 4432 | (TYPE_CODE (class) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)) |
| 4433 | return; |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 | /* Loop over all methods and find the one marked with a NULL type */ |
| 4436 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (class); i++) |
| 4437 | for (j = 0; j < TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_LENGTH (class, i); j++) |
| 4438 | if (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j) == NULL) |
| 4439 | { |
| 4440 | /* Set the method type */ |
| 4441 | TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j) = method; |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 | /* Break out of both loops -- only one method to fix up in a class */ |
| 4444 | goto finish; |
| 4445 | } |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | finish: |
| 4448 | TYPE_FLAGS (class) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE; |
| 4449 | } |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | /* If we're in the middle of processing a template, get a pointer |
| 4453 | * to the Nth template argument. |
| 4454 | * An example may make this clearer: |
| 4455 | * template <class T1, class T2> class q2 { |
| 4456 | * public: |
| 4457 | * T1 a; |
| 4458 | * T2 b; |
| 4459 | * }; |
| 4460 | * The type for "a" will be "first template arg" and |
| 4461 | * the type for "b" will be "second template arg". |
| 4462 | * We need to look these up in order to fill in "a" and "b"'s type. |
| 4463 | * This is called from hpread_type_lookup(). |
| 4464 | */ |
| 4465 | static struct type * |
| 4466 | hpread_get_nth_template_arg (struct objfile *objfile, int n) |
| 4467 | { |
| 4468 | if (current_template != NULL) |
| 4469 | return TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG (current_template, n).type; |
| 4470 | else |
| 4471 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_TEMPLATE_ARG); |
| 4472 | } |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 | /* Read in and internalize a TEMPL_ARG (template arg) symbol. */ |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | static struct type * |
| 4477 | hpread_read_templ_arg_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
| 4478 | struct objfile *objfile, char *name) |
| 4479 | { |
| 4480 | struct type *type; |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | /* See if it's something we've already deal with. */ |
| 4483 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); |
| 4484 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE_ARG) |
| 4485 | return type; |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 | /* Nope. Fill in the appropriate fields. */ |
| 4488 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE_ARG; |
| 4489 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; |
| 4490 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0; |
| 4491 | TYPE_NAME (type) = name; |
| 4492 | return type; |
| 4493 | } |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 | /* Read in and internalize a set debug symbol. */ |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 | static struct type * |
| 4498 | hpread_read_set_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
| 4499 | struct objfile *objfile) |
| 4500 | { |
| 4501 | struct type *type; |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 | /* See if it's something we've already deal with. */ |
| 4504 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); |
| 4505 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_SET) |
| 4506 | return type; |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 | /* Nope. Fill in the appropriate fields. */ |
| 4509 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_SET; |
| 4510 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dset.bitlength / 8; |
| 4511 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0; |
| 4512 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dset.subtype, |
| 4513 | objfile); |
| 4514 | return type; |
| 4515 | } |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | /* Read in and internalize an array debug symbol. */ |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 | static struct type * |
| 4520 | hpread_read_array_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
| 4521 | struct objfile *objfile) |
| 4522 | { |
| 4523 | struct type *type; |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 | /* Allocate an array type symbol. |
| 4526 | * Why no check for already-read here, like in the other |
| 4527 | * hpread_read_xxx_type routines? Because it kept us |
| 4528 | * from properly determining the size of the array! |
| 4529 | */ |
| 4530 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY; |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | /* Although the hp-symtab.h does not *require* this to be the case, |
| 4535 | * GDB is assuming that "arrayisbytes" and "elemisbytes" be consistent. |
| 4536 | * I.e., express both array-length and element-length in bits, |
| 4537 | * or express both array-length and element-length in bytes. |
| 4538 | */ |
| 4539 | if (!((dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes) || |
| 4540 | (!dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && !dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes))) |
| 4541 | { |
| 4542 | warning (_("error in hpread_array_type.")); |
| 4543 | return NULL; |
| 4544 | } |
| 4545 | else if (dn_bufp->darray.arraylength == 0x7fffffff) |
| 4546 | { |
| 4547 | /* The HP debug format represents char foo[]; as an array with |
| 4548 | * length 0x7fffffff. Internally GDB wants to represent this |
| 4549 | * as an array of length zero. |
| 4550 | */ |
| 4551 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; |
| 4552 | } |
| 4553 | else if (dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes) |
| 4554 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->darray.arraylength; |
| 4555 | else /* arraylength is in bits */ |
| 4556 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->darray.arraylength / 8; |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->darray.elemtype, |
| 4559 | objfile); |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 | /* The one "field" is used to store the subscript type */ |
| 4562 | /* Since C and C++ multi-dimensional arrays are simply represented |
| 4563 | * as: array of array of ..., we only need one subscript-type |
| 4564 | * per array. This subscript type is typically a subrange of integer. |
| 4565 | * If this gets extended to support languages like Pascal, then |
| 4566 | * we need to fix this to represent multi-dimensional arrays properly. |
| 4567 | */ |
| 4568 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 1; |
| 4569 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) |
| 4570 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, sizeof (struct field)); |
| 4571 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->darray.indextype, |
| 4572 | objfile); |
| 4573 | return type; |
| 4574 | } |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 | /* Read in and internalize a subrange debug symbol. */ |
| 4577 | static struct type * |
| 4578 | hpread_read_subrange_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
| 4579 | struct objfile *objfile) |
| 4580 | { |
| 4581 | struct type *type; |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 | /* Is it something we've already dealt with. */ |
| 4584 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); |
| 4585 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 4586 | return type; |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 | /* Nope, internalize it. */ |
| 4589 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_RANGE; |
| 4590 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dsubr.bitlength / 8; |
| 4591 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 2; |
| 4592 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) |
| 4593 | = (struct field *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 4594 | 2 * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 | if (dn_bufp->dsubr.dyn_low) |
| 4597 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 0) = 0; |
| 4598 | else |
| 4599 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 0) = dn_bufp->dsubr.lowbound; |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | if (dn_bufp->dsubr.dyn_high) |
| 4602 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 1) = -1; |
| 4603 | else |
| 4604 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 1) = dn_bufp->dsubr.highbound; |
| 4605 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dsubr.subtype, |
| 4606 | objfile); |
| 4607 | return type; |
| 4608 | } |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 | /* struct type * hpread_type_lookup(hp_type, objfile) |
| 4611 | * Arguments: |
| 4612 | * hp_type: A pointer into the DNTT specifying what type we |
| 4613 | * are about to "look up"., or else [for fundamental types |
| 4614 | * like int, float, ...] an "immediate" structure describing |
| 4615 | * the type. |
| 4616 | * objfile: ? |
| 4617 | * Return value: A pointer to a "struct type" (representation of a |
| 4618 | * type in GDB's internal symbol table - see gdbtypes.h) |
| 4619 | * Routine description: |
| 4620 | * There are a variety of places when scanning the DNTT when we |
| 4621 | * need to interpret a "type" field. The simplest and most basic |
| 4622 | * example is when we're processing the symbol table record |
| 4623 | * for a data symbol (a SVAR or DVAR record). That has |
| 4624 | * a "type" field specifying the type of the data symbol. That |
| 4625 | * "type" field is either an "immediate" type specification (for the |
| 4626 | * fundamental types) or a DNTT pointer (for more complicated types). |
| 4627 | * For the more complicated types, we may or may not have already |
| 4628 | * processed the pointed-to type. (Multiple data symbols can of course |
| 4629 | * share the same type). |
| 4630 | * The job of hpread_type_lookup() is to process this "type" field. |
| 4631 | * Most of the real work is done in subroutines. Here we interpret |
| 4632 | * the immediate flag. If not immediate, chase the DNTT pointer to |
| 4633 | * find our way to the SOM record describing the type, switch on |
| 4634 | * the SOM kind, and then call an appropriate subroutine depending |
| 4635 | * on what kind of type we are constructing. (e.g., an array type, |
| 4636 | * a struct/class type, etc). |
| 4637 | */ |
| 4638 | static struct type * |
| 4639 | hpread_type_lookup (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 4640 | { |
| 4641 | union dnttentry *dn_bufp; |
| 4642 | struct type *tmp_type; |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 | /* First see if it's a simple builtin type. */ |
| 4645 | if (hp_type.dntti.immediate) |
| 4646 | { |
| 4647 | /* If this is a template argument, the argument number is |
| 4648 | * encoded in the bitlength. All other cases, just return |
| 4649 | * GDB's representation of this fundamental type. |
| 4650 | */ |
| 4651 | if (hp_type.dntti.type == HP_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG) |
| 4652 | return hpread_get_nth_template_arg (objfile, hp_type.dntti.bitlength); |
| 4653 | else |
| 4654 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, |
| 4655 | hpread_type_translate (hp_type)); |
| 4656 | } |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 | /* Not a builtin type. We'll have to read it in. */ |
| 4659 | if (hp_type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)) |
| 4660 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (hp_type.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 4661 | else |
| 4662 | /* This is a fancy way of returning NULL */ |
| 4663 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID); |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 | switch (dn_bufp->dblock.kind) |
| 4666 | { |
| 4667 | case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE: |
| 4668 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: |
| 4669 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY: |
| 4670 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: |
| 4671 | case DNTT_TYPE_END: |
| 4672 | case DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT: |
| 4673 | case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL: |
| 4674 | case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM: |
| 4675 | case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR: |
| 4676 | case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR: |
| 4677 | case DNTT_TYPE_CONST: |
| 4678 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM: |
| 4679 | case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT: |
| 4680 | case DNTT_TYPE_FILE: |
| 4681 | case DNTT_TYPE_WITH: |
| 4682 | case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON: |
| 4683 | case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT: |
| 4684 | case DNTT_TYPE_XREF: |
| 4685 | case DNTT_TYPE_SA: |
| 4686 | case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO: |
| 4687 | case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA: |
| 4688 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE: |
| 4689 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS: |
| 4690 | case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE: |
| 4691 | case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID: |
| 4692 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS: |
| 4693 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC: |
| 4694 | /* These are not types - something went wrong. */ |
| 4695 | /* This is a fancy way of returning NULL */ |
| 4696 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID); |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: |
| 4699 | /* We wind up here when dealing with class member functions |
| 4700 | * (called from hpread_read_struct_type(), i.e. when processing |
| 4701 | * the class definition itself). |
| 4702 | */ |
| 4703 | return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION: |
| 4706 | return hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 | case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF: |
| 4709 | { |
| 4710 | /* A typedef - chase it down by making a recursive call */ |
| 4711 | struct type *structtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, |
| 4712 | objfile); |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 | /* The following came from the base hpread.c that we inherited. |
| 4715 | * It is WRONG so I have commented it out. - RT |
| 4716 | *... |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 | char *suffix; |
| 4719 | suffix = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtype.name; |
| 4720 | TYPE_NAME (structtype) = suffix; |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | * ... further explanation .... |
| 4723 | * |
| 4724 | * What we have here is a typedef pointing to a typedef. |
| 4725 | * E.g., |
| 4726 | * typedef int foo; |
| 4727 | * typedef foo fum; |
| 4728 | * |
| 4729 | * What we desire to build is (these are pictures |
| 4730 | * of "struct type"'s): |
| 4731 | * |
| 4732 | * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+ |
| 4733 | * | typedef | | typedef | | fund. type | |
| 4734 | * | type| -> | type| -> | | |
| 4735 | * | "fum" | | "foo" | | "int" | |
| 4736 | * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+ |
| 4737 | * |
| 4738 | * What this commented-out code is doing is smashing the |
| 4739 | * name of pointed-to-type to be the same as the pointed-from |
| 4740 | * type. So we wind up with something like: |
| 4741 | * |
| 4742 | * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+ |
| 4743 | * | typedef | | typedef | | fund. type | |
| 4744 | * | type| -> | type| -> | | |
| 4745 | * | "fum" | | "fum" | | "fum" | |
| 4746 | * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+ |
| 4747 | * |
| 4748 | */ |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 | return structtype; |
| 4751 | } |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 | case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF: |
| 4754 | { |
| 4755 | /* Just a little different from above. We have to tack on |
| 4756 | * an identifier of some kind (struct, union, enum, class, etc). |
| 4757 | */ |
| 4758 | struct type *structtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, |
| 4759 | objfile); |
| 4760 | char *prefix, *suffix; |
| 4761 | suffix = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtype.name; |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | /* Lookup the next type in the list. It should be a structure, |
| 4764 | * union, class, enum, or template type. |
| 4765 | * We will need to attach that to our name. |
| 4766 | */ |
| 4767 | if (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)) |
| 4768 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 4769 | else |
| 4770 | { |
| 4771 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("error in hpread_type_lookup().")); |
| 4772 | return NULL; |
| 4773 | } |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT) |
| 4776 | { |
| 4777 | prefix = "struct "; |
| 4778 | } |
| 4779 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION) |
| 4780 | { |
| 4781 | prefix = "union "; |
| 4782 | } |
| 4783 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS) |
| 4784 | { |
| 4785 | /* Further field for CLASS saying how it was really declared */ |
| 4786 | /* 0==class, 1==union, 2==struct */ |
| 4787 | if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 0) |
| 4788 | prefix = "class "; |
| 4789 | else if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 1) |
| 4790 | prefix = "union "; |
| 4791 | else if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 2) |
| 4792 | prefix = "struct "; |
| 4793 | else |
| 4794 | prefix = ""; |
| 4795 | } |
| 4796 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM) |
| 4797 | { |
| 4798 | prefix = "enum "; |
| 4799 | } |
| 4800 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) |
| 4801 | { |
| 4802 | prefix = "template "; |
| 4803 | } |
| 4804 | else |
| 4805 | { |
| 4806 | prefix = ""; |
| 4807 | } |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 | /* Build the correct name. */ |
| 4810 | TYPE_NAME (structtype) |
| 4811 | = (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 4812 | strlen (prefix) + strlen (suffix) + 1); |
| 4813 | TYPE_NAME (structtype) = strcpy (TYPE_NAME (structtype), prefix); |
| 4814 | TYPE_NAME (structtype) = strcat (TYPE_NAME (structtype), suffix); |
| 4815 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (structtype) = suffix; |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 | /* For classes/structs, we have to set the static member "physnames" |
| 4818 | to point to strings like "Class::Member" */ |
| 4819 | if (TYPE_CODE (structtype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 4820 | fix_static_member_physnames (structtype, suffix, objfile); |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 | return structtype; |
| 4823 | } |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 | case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER: |
| 4826 | /* Pointer type - call a routine in gdbtypes.c that constructs |
| 4827 | * the appropriate GDB type. |
| 4828 | */ |
| 4829 | return make_pointer_type ( |
| 4830 | hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptr.pointsto, |
| 4831 | objfile), |
| 4832 | NULL); |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 | case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE: |
| 4835 | /* C++ reference type - call a routine in gdbtypes.c that constructs |
| 4836 | * the appropriate GDB type. |
| 4837 | */ |
| 4838 | return make_reference_type ( |
| 4839 | hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dreference.pointsto, |
| 4840 | objfile), |
| 4841 | NULL); |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM: |
| 4844 | return hpread_read_enum_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); |
| 4845 | case DNTT_TYPE_SET: |
| 4846 | return hpread_read_set_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); |
| 4847 | case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE: |
| 4848 | return hpread_read_subrange_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); |
| 4849 | case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY: |
| 4850 | return hpread_read_array_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); |
| 4851 | case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT: |
| 4852 | case DNTT_TYPE_UNION: |
| 4853 | return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); |
| 4854 | case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD: |
| 4855 | return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfield.type, objfile); |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE: |
| 4858 | /* Here we want to read the function SOMs and return a |
| 4859 | * type for it. We get here, for instance, when processing |
| 4860 | * pointer-to-function type. |
| 4861 | */ |
| 4862 | return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM: |
| 4865 | /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-data-member type. |
| 4866 | * The "pointsto" field defines the class, |
| 4867 | * while the "memtype" field defines the pointed-to-type. |
| 4868 | */ |
| 4869 | { |
| 4870 | struct type *ptrmemtype; |
| 4871 | struct type *class_type; |
| 4872 | struct type *memtype; |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.memtype, objfile); |
| 4875 | class_type = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.pointsto, objfile); |
| 4876 | return lookup_memberptr_type (memtype, class_type); |
| 4877 | } |
| 4878 | break; |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC: |
| 4881 | /* Defines a C++ pointer-to-function-member type. |
| 4882 | * The "pointsto" field defines the class, |
| 4883 | * while the "memtype" field defines the pointed-to-type. |
| 4884 | */ |
| 4885 | { |
| 4886 | struct type *ptrmemtype; |
| 4887 | struct type *class_type; |
| 4888 | struct type *functype; |
| 4889 | struct type *retvaltype; |
| 4890 | int nargs; |
| 4891 | int i; |
| 4892 | class_type = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.pointsto, |
| 4893 | objfile); |
| 4894 | functype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.memtype, |
| 4895 | objfile); |
| 4896 | retvaltype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (functype); |
| 4897 | nargs = TYPE_NFIELDS (functype); |
| 4898 | ptrmemtype = alloc_type (objfile); |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 | smash_to_method_type (ptrmemtype, class_type, retvaltype, |
| 4901 | TYPE_FIELDS (functype), |
| 4902 | TYPE_NFIELDS (functype), |
| 4903 | 0); |
| 4904 | return lookup_methodptr_type (ptrmemtype); |
| 4905 | } |
| 4906 | break; |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS: |
| 4909 | return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); |
| 4910 | |
| 4911 | case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD: |
| 4912 | /* Chase pointer from GENFIELD to FIELD, and make recursive |
| 4913 | * call on that. |
| 4914 | */ |
| 4915 | return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dgenfield.field, objfile); |
| 4916 | |
| 4917 | case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC: |
| 4918 | /* C++ virtual function. |
| 4919 | * We get here in the course of processing a class type which |
| 4920 | * contains virtual functions. Just go through another level |
| 4921 | * of indirection to get to the pointed-to function SOM. |
| 4922 | */ |
| 4923 | return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dvfunc.funcptr, objfile); |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER: |
| 4926 | /* Check the modifiers and then just make a recursive call on |
| 4927 | * the "type" pointed to by the modifier DNTT. |
| 4928 | * |
| 4929 | * pai:: FIXME -- do we ever want to handle "m_duplicate" and |
| 4930 | * "m_void" modifiers? Is static_flag really needed here? |
| 4931 | * (m_static used for methods of classes, elsewhere). |
| 4932 | */ |
| 4933 | tmp_type = make_cv_type (dn_bufp->dmodifier.m_const, |
| 4934 | dn_bufp->dmodifier.m_volatile, |
| 4935 | hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dmodifier.type, objfile), |
| 4936 | 0); |
| 4937 | return tmp_type; |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC: |
| 4941 | /* Member function. Treat like a function. |
| 4942 | * I think we get here in the course of processing a |
| 4943 | * pointer-to-member-function type... |
| 4944 | */ |
| 4945 | return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC: |
| 4948 | return hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE: |
| 4951 | /* Template - sort of the header for a template definition, |
| 4952 | * which like a class, points to a member list and also points |
| 4953 | * to a TEMPLATE_ARG list of type-arguments. |
| 4954 | */ |
| 4955 | return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); |
| 4956 | |
| 4957 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG: |
| 4958 | { |
| 4959 | char *name; |
| 4960 | /* The TEMPLATE record points to an argument list of |
| 4961 | * TEMPLATE_ARG records, each of which describes one |
| 4962 | * of the type-arguments. |
| 4963 | */ |
| 4964 | name = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtempl_arg.name; |
| 4965 | return hpread_read_templ_arg_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, name); |
| 4966 | } |
| 4967 | |
| 4968 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE: |
| 4969 | /* We wind up here when processing a TEMPLATE type, |
| 4970 | * if the template has member function(s). |
| 4971 | * Treat it like a FUNCTION. |
| 4972 | */ |
| 4973 | return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); |
| 4974 | |
| 4975 | case DNTT_TYPE_LINK: |
| 4976 | /* The LINK record is used to link up templates with instantiations. |
| 4977 | * There is no type associated with the LINK record per se. |
| 4978 | */ |
| 4979 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID); |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | /* Also not yet handled... */ |
| 4982 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC: */ |
| 4983 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE: */ |
| 4984 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT: */ |
| 4985 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_INLN: */ |
| 4986 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST: */ |
| 4987 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS: */ |
| 4988 | default: |
| 4989 | /* A fancy way of returning NULL */ |
| 4990 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID); |
| 4991 | } |
| 4992 | } |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 | static sltpointer |
| 4995 | hpread_record_lines (struct subfile *subfile, sltpointer s_idx, |
| 4996 | sltpointer e_idx, struct objfile *objfile, |
| 4997 | CORE_ADDR offset) |
| 4998 | { |
| 4999 | union sltentry *sl_bufp; |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 | while (s_idx <= e_idx) |
| 5002 | { |
| 5003 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (s_idx, objfile); |
| 5004 | /* Only record "normal" entries in the SLT. */ |
| 5005 | if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL |
| 5006 | || sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_EXIT) |
| 5007 | record_line (subfile, sl_bufp->snorm.line, |
| 5008 | sl_bufp->snorm.address + offset); |
| 5009 | else if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) |
| 5010 | record_line (subfile, sl_bufp->snormoff.line, |
| 5011 | sl_bufp->snormoff.address + offset); |
| 5012 | s_idx++; |
| 5013 | } |
| 5014 | return e_idx; |
| 5015 | } |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | /* Given a function "f" which is a member of a class, find |
| 5018 | * the classname that it is a member of. Used to construct |
| 5019 | * the name (e.g., "c::f") which GDB will put in the |
| 5020 | * "demangled name" field of the function's symbol. |
| 5021 | * Called from hpread_process_one_debug_symbol() |
| 5022 | * If "f" is not a member function, return NULL. |
| 5023 | */ |
| 5024 | static char * |
| 5025 | class_of (struct type *functype) |
| 5026 | { |
| 5027 | struct type *first_param_type; |
| 5028 | char *first_param_name; |
| 5029 | struct type *pointed_to_type; |
| 5030 | char *class_name; |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 | /* Check that the function has a first argument "this", |
| 5033 | * and that "this" is a pointer to a class. If not, |
| 5034 | * functype is not a member function, so return NULL. |
| 5035 | */ |
| 5036 | if (TYPE_NFIELDS (functype) == 0) |
| 5037 | return NULL; |
| 5038 | first_param_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (functype, 0); |
| 5039 | if (first_param_name == NULL) |
| 5040 | return NULL; /* paranoia */ |
| 5041 | if (strcmp (first_param_name, "this")) |
| 5042 | return NULL; |
| 5043 | first_param_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (functype, 0); |
| 5044 | if (first_param_type == NULL) |
| 5045 | return NULL; /* paranoia */ |
| 5046 | if (TYPE_CODE (first_param_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 5047 | return NULL; |
| 5048 | |
| 5049 | /* Get the thing that "this" points to, check that |
| 5050 | * it's a class, and get its class name. |
| 5051 | */ |
| 5052 | pointed_to_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (first_param_type); |
| 5053 | if (pointed_to_type == NULL) |
| 5054 | return NULL; /* paranoia */ |
| 5055 | if (TYPE_CODE (pointed_to_type) != TYPE_CODE_CLASS) |
| 5056 | return NULL; |
| 5057 | class_name = TYPE_NAME (pointed_to_type); |
| 5058 | if (class_name == NULL) |
| 5059 | return NULL; /* paranoia */ |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | /* The class name may be of the form "class c", in which case |
| 5062 | * we want to strip off the leading "class ". |
| 5063 | */ |
| 5064 | if (strncmp (class_name, "class ", 6) == 0) |
| 5065 | class_name += 6; |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | return class_name; |
| 5068 | } |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 | /* Internalize one native debug symbol. |
| 5071 | * Called in a loop from hpread_expand_symtab(). |
| 5072 | * Arguments: |
| 5073 | * dn_bufp: |
| 5074 | * name: |
| 5075 | * section_offsets: |
| 5076 | * objfile: |
| 5077 | * text_offset: |
| 5078 | * text_size: |
| 5079 | * filename: |
| 5080 | * index: Index of this symbol |
| 5081 | * at_module_boundary_p Pointer to boolean flag to control caller's loop. |
| 5082 | */ |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 | static void |
| 5085 | hpread_process_one_debug_symbol (union dnttentry *dn_bufp, char *name, |
| 5086 | struct section_offsets *section_offsets, |
| 5087 | struct objfile *objfile, CORE_ADDR text_offset, |
| 5088 | int text_size, char *filename, int index, |
| 5089 | int *at_module_boundary_p) |
| 5090 | { |
| 5091 | unsigned long desc; |
| 5092 | int type; |
| 5093 | CORE_ADDR valu; |
| 5094 | int offset = ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); |
| 5095 | int data_offset = ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile)); |
| 5096 | union dnttentry *dn_temp; |
| 5097 | dnttpointer hp_type; |
| 5098 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 5099 | struct context_stack *new; |
| 5100 | char *class_scope_name; |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 | /* Allocate one GDB debug symbol and fill in some default values. */ |
| 5103 | sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 5104 | sizeof (struct symbol)); |
| 5105 | memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol)); |
| 5106 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name), &objfile->objfile_obstack); |
| 5107 | SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_auto; |
| 5108 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) = VAR_DOMAIN; |
| 5109 | SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = 0; |
| 5110 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = 0; |
| 5111 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_TYPEDEF; |
| 5112 | |
| 5113 | /* Just a trick in case the SOM debug symbol is a type definition. |
| 5114 | * There are routines that are set up to build a GDB type symbol, given |
| 5115 | * a SOM dnttpointer. So we set up a dummy SOM dnttpointer "hp_type". |
| 5116 | * This allows us to call those same routines. |
| 5117 | */ |
| 5118 | hp_type.dnttp.extension = 1; |
| 5119 | hp_type.dnttp.immediate = 0; |
| 5120 | hp_type.dnttp.global = 0; |
| 5121 | hp_type.dnttp.index = index; |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 | /* This "type" is the type of SOM record. |
| 5124 | * Switch on SOM type. |
| 5125 | */ |
| 5126 | type = dn_bufp->dblock.kind; |
| 5127 | switch (type) |
| 5128 | { |
| 5129 | case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE: |
| 5130 | /* This type of symbol indicates from which source file or |
| 5131 | * include file any following data comes. It may indicate: |
| 5132 | * |
| 5133 | * o The start of an entirely new source file (and thus |
| 5134 | * a new module) |
| 5135 | * |
| 5136 | * o The start of a different source file due to #include |
| 5137 | * |
| 5138 | * o The end of an include file and the return to the original |
| 5139 | * file. Thus if "foo.c" includes "bar.h", we see first |
| 5140 | * a SRCFILE for foo.c, then one for bar.h, and then one for |
| 5141 | * foo.c again. |
| 5142 | * |
| 5143 | * If it indicates the start of a new module then we must |
| 5144 | * finish the symbol table of the previous module |
| 5145 | * (if any) and start accumulating a new symbol table. |
| 5146 | */ |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 | valu = text_offset; |
| 5149 | if (!last_source_file) |
| 5150 | { |
| 5151 | /* |
| 5152 | * A note on "last_source_file": this is a char* pointing |
| 5153 | * to the actual file name. "start_symtab" sets it, |
| 5154 | * "end_symtab" clears it. |
| 5155 | * |
| 5156 | * So if "last_source_file" is NULL, then either this is |
| 5157 | * the first record we are looking at, or a previous call |
| 5158 | * to "end_symtab()" was made to close out the previous |
| 5159 | * module. Since we're now quitting the scan loop when we |
| 5160 | * see a MODULE END record, we should never get here, except |
| 5161 | * in the case that we're not using the quick look-up tables |
| 5162 | * and have to use the old system as a fall-back. |
| 5163 | */ |
| 5164 | start_symtab (name, NULL, valu); |
| 5165 | record_debugformat ("HP"); |
| 5166 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = dn_bufp->dsfile.address; |
| 5167 | } |
| 5168 | |
| 5169 | else |
| 5170 | { |
| 5171 | /* Either a new include file, or a SRCFILE record |
| 5172 | * saying we are back in the main source (or out of |
| 5173 | * a nested include file) again. |
| 5174 | */ |
| 5175 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, |
| 5176 | SL_INDEX (objfile), |
| 5177 | dn_bufp->dsfile.address, |
| 5178 | objfile, offset); |
| 5179 | } |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | /* A note on "start_subfile". This routine will check |
| 5182 | * the name we pass it and look for an existing subfile |
| 5183 | * of that name. There's thus only one sub-file for the |
| 5184 | * actual source (e.g. for "foo.c" in foo.c), despite the |
| 5185 | * fact that we'll see lots of SRCFILE entries for foo.c |
| 5186 | * inside foo.c. |
| 5187 | */ |
| 5188 | start_subfile (name, NULL); |
| 5189 | break; |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: |
| 5192 | /* |
| 5193 | * We no longer ignore DNTT_TYPE_MODULE symbols. The module |
| 5194 | * represents the meaningful semantic structure of a compilation |
| 5195 | * unit. We expect to start the psymtab-to-symtab expansion |
| 5196 | * looking at a MODULE entry, and to end it at the corresponding |
| 5197 | * END MODULE entry. |
| 5198 | * |
| 5199 | *--Begin outdated comments |
| 5200 | * |
| 5201 | * This record signifies the start of a new source module |
| 5202 | * In C/C++ there is no explicit "module" construct in the language, |
| 5203 | * but each compilation unit is implicitly a module and they |
| 5204 | * do emit the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE records. |
| 5205 | * The end of the module is marked by a matching DNTT_TYPE_END record. |
| 5206 | * |
| 5207 | * The reason GDB gets away with ignoring the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE record |
| 5208 | * is it notices the DNTT_TYPE_END record for the previous |
| 5209 | * module (see comments under DNTT_TYPE_END case), and then treats |
| 5210 | * the next DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE record as if it were the module-start record. |
| 5211 | * (i.e., it makes a start_symtab() call). |
| 5212 | * This scheme seems a little convoluted, but I'll leave it |
| 5213 | * alone on the principle "if it ain't broke don't fix |
| 5214 | * it". (RT). |
| 5215 | * |
| 5216 | *-- End outdated comments |
| 5217 | */ |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | valu = text_offset; |
| 5220 | if (!last_source_file) |
| 5221 | { |
| 5222 | /* Start of a new module. We know this because "last_source_file" |
| 5223 | * is NULL, which can only happen the first time or if we just |
| 5224 | * made a call to end_symtab() to close out the previous module. |
| 5225 | */ |
| 5226 | start_symtab (name, NULL, valu); |
| 5227 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = dn_bufp->dmodule.address; |
| 5228 | } |
| 5229 | else |
| 5230 | { |
| 5231 | /* This really shouldn't happen if we're using the quick |
| 5232 | * look-up tables, as it would mean we'd scanned past an |
| 5233 | * END MODULE entry. But if we're not using the tables, |
| 5234 | * we started the module on the SRCFILE entry, so it's ok. |
| 5235 | * For now, accept this. |
| 5236 | */ |
| 5237 | /* warning( "Error expanding psymtab, missed module end, found entry for %s", |
| 5238 | * name ); |
| 5239 | */ |
| 5240 | *at_module_boundary_p = -1; |
| 5241 | } |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 | start_subfile (name, NULL); |
| 5244 | break; |
| 5245 | |
| 5246 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: |
| 5247 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY: |
| 5248 | /* A function or secondary entry point. */ |
| 5249 | valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr + offset; |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 | /* Record lines up to this point. */ |
| 5252 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, |
| 5253 | SL_INDEX (objfile), |
| 5254 | dn_bufp->dfunc.address, |
| 5255 | objfile, offset); |
| 5256 | |
| 5257 | WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 1; |
| 5258 | CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile) = valu; |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 | /* Stack must be empty now. */ |
| 5261 | if (context_stack_depth != 0) |
| 5262 | lbrac_unmatched_complaint (symnum); |
| 5263 | new = push_context (0, valu); |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | /* Built a type for the function. This includes processing |
| 5266 | * the symbol records for the function parameters. |
| 5267 | */ |
| 5268 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK; |
| 5269 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 1); |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 | /* All functions in C++ have prototypes. For C we don't have enough |
| 5272 | information in the debug info. */ |
| 5273 | if (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) == language_cplus) |
| 5274 | TYPE_FLAGS (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) |= TYPE_FLAG_PROTOTYPED; |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 | /* The "DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME" field is expected to be the mangled name |
| 5277 | * (if any), which we get from the "alias" field of the SOM record |
| 5278 | * if that exists. |
| 5279 | */ |
| 5280 | if ((dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) && |
| 5281 | dn_bufp->dfunc.alias && /* has an alias */ |
| 5282 | *(char *) (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias)) /* not a null string */ |
| 5283 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias; |
| 5284 | else |
| 5285 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name; |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 | /* Special hack to get around HP compilers' insistence on |
| 5288 | * reporting "main" as "_MAIN_" for C/C++ */ |
| 5289 | if ((strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_MAIN_") == 0) && |
| 5290 | (strcmp (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name, "main") == 0)) |
| 5291 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name; |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 | /* The SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME field is expected to |
| 5294 | * be the demangled name. |
| 5295 | */ |
| 5296 | if (dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) |
| 5297 | { |
| 5298 | /* SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME is a macro which winds up |
| 5299 | * calling the demangler in libiberty (cplus_demangle()) to |
| 5300 | * do the job. This generally does the job, even though |
| 5301 | * it's intended for the GNU compiler and not the aCC compiler |
| 5302 | * Note that SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME calls the |
| 5303 | * demangler with arguments DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI. |
| 5304 | * Generally, we don't want params when we display |
| 5305 | * a demangled name, but when I took out the DMGL_PARAMS, |
| 5306 | * some things broke, so I'm leaving it in here, and |
| 5307 | * working around the issue in stack.c. - RT |
| 5308 | */ |
| 5309 | SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym, &objfile->objfile_obstack); |
| 5310 | if ((DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) == VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias) && |
| 5311 | (!SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym))) |
| 5312 | { |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 | /* Well, the symbol name is mangled, but the |
| 5315 | * demangler in libiberty failed so the demangled |
| 5316 | * field is still NULL. Try to |
| 5317 | * do the job ourselves based on the "name" field |
| 5318 | * in the SOM record. A complication here is that |
| 5319 | * the name field contains only the function name |
| 5320 | * (like "f"), whereas we want the class qualification |
| 5321 | * (as in "c::f"). Try to reconstruct that. |
| 5322 | */ |
| 5323 | char *basename; |
| 5324 | char *classname; |
| 5325 | char *dem_name; |
| 5326 | basename = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name; |
| 5327 | classname = class_of (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 5328 | if (classname) |
| 5329 | { |
| 5330 | dem_name = xmalloc (strlen (basename) + strlen (classname) + 3); |
| 5331 | strcpy (dem_name, classname); |
| 5332 | strcat (dem_name, "::"); |
| 5333 | strcat (dem_name, basename); |
| 5334 | SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym) = dem_name; |
| 5335 | SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_cplus; |
| 5336 | } |
| 5337 | } |
| 5338 | } |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 | /* Add the function symbol to the list of symbols in this blockvector */ |
| 5341 | if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global) |
| 5342 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); |
| 5343 | else |
| 5344 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); |
| 5345 | new->name = sym; |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 | /* Search forward to the next BEGIN and also read |
| 5348 | * in the line info up to that point. |
| 5349 | * Not sure why this is needed. |
| 5350 | * In HP FORTRAN this code is harmful since there |
| 5351 | * may not be a BEGIN after the FUNCTION. |
| 5352 | * So I made it C/C++ specific. - RT |
| 5353 | */ |
| 5354 | if (dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_C || |
| 5355 | dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) |
| 5356 | { |
| 5357 | while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN) |
| 5358 | { |
| 5359 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (++index, objfile); |
| 5360 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension) |
| 5361 | continue; |
| 5362 | } |
| 5363 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, |
| 5364 | SL_INDEX (objfile), |
| 5365 | dn_bufp->dbegin.address, |
| 5366 | objfile, offset); |
| 5367 | SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = hpread_get_line (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile); |
| 5368 | } |
| 5369 | record_line (current_subfile, SYMBOL_LINE (sym), valu); |
| 5370 | break; |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION: |
| 5373 | valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.lowaddr + offset; |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 | /* Record lines up to this point. */ |
| 5376 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, |
| 5377 | SL_INDEX (objfile), |
| 5378 | dn_bufp->ddocfunc.address, |
| 5379 | objfile, offset); |
| 5380 | |
| 5381 | WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 1; |
| 5382 | CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile) = valu; |
| 5383 | /* Stack must be empty now. */ |
| 5384 | if (context_stack_depth != 0) |
| 5385 | lbrac_unmatched_complaint (symnum); |
| 5386 | new = push_context (0, valu); |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 | /* Built a type for the function. This includes processing |
| 5389 | * the symbol records for the function parameters. |
| 5390 | */ |
| 5391 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK; |
| 5392 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 1); |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 | /* The "DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME" field is expected to be the mangled name |
| 5395 | * (if any), which we get from the "alias" field of the SOM record |
| 5396 | * if that exists. |
| 5397 | */ |
| 5398 | if ((dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) && |
| 5399 | dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias && /* has an alias */ |
| 5400 | *(char *) (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias)) /* not a null string */ |
| 5401 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias; |
| 5402 | else |
| 5403 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name; |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 | /* Special hack to get around HP compilers' insistence on |
| 5406 | * reporting "main" as "_MAIN_" for C/C++ */ |
| 5407 | if ((strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_MAIN_") == 0) && |
| 5408 | (strcmp (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name, "main") == 0)) |
| 5409 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name; |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 | if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) |
| 5412 | { |
| 5413 | |
| 5414 | /* SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME is a macro which winds up |
| 5415 | * calling the demangler in libiberty (cplus_demangle()) to |
| 5416 | * do the job. This generally does the job, even though |
| 5417 | * it's intended for the GNU compiler and not the aCC compiler |
| 5418 | * Note that SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME calls the |
| 5419 | * demangler with arguments DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI. |
| 5420 | * Generally, we don't want params when we display |
| 5421 | * a demangled name, but when I took out the DMGL_PARAMS, |
| 5422 | * some things broke, so I'm leaving it in here, and |
| 5423 | * working around the issue in stack.c. - RT |
| 5424 | */ |
| 5425 | SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym, &objfile->objfile_obstack); |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 | if ((DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) == VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias) && |
| 5428 | (!SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym))) |
| 5429 | { |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 | /* Well, the symbol name is mangled, but the |
| 5432 | * demangler in libiberty failed so the demangled |
| 5433 | * field is still NULL. Try to |
| 5434 | * do the job ourselves based on the "name" field |
| 5435 | * in the SOM record. A complication here is that |
| 5436 | * the name field contains only the function name |
| 5437 | * (like "f"), whereas we want the class qualification |
| 5438 | * (as in "c::f"). Try to reconstruct that. |
| 5439 | */ |
| 5440 | char *basename; |
| 5441 | char *classname; |
| 5442 | char *dem_name; |
| 5443 | basename = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name; |
| 5444 | classname = class_of (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 5445 | if (classname) |
| 5446 | { |
| 5447 | dem_name = xmalloc (strlen (basename) + strlen (classname) + 3); |
| 5448 | strcpy (dem_name, classname); |
| 5449 | strcat (dem_name, "::"); |
| 5450 | strcat (dem_name, basename); |
| 5451 | SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym) = dem_name; |
| 5452 | SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_cplus; |
| 5453 | } |
| 5454 | } |
| 5455 | } |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | /* Add the function symbol to the list of symbols in this blockvector */ |
| 5458 | if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.global) |
| 5459 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); |
| 5460 | else |
| 5461 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); |
| 5462 | new->name = sym; |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 | /* Search forward to the next BEGIN and also read |
| 5465 | * in the line info up to that point. |
| 5466 | * Not sure why this is needed. |
| 5467 | * In HP FORTRAN this code is harmful since there |
| 5468 | * may not be a BEGIN after the FUNCTION. |
| 5469 | * So I made it C/C++ specific. - RT |
| 5470 | */ |
| 5471 | if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_C || |
| 5472 | dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) |
| 5473 | { |
| 5474 | while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN) |
| 5475 | { |
| 5476 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (++index, objfile); |
| 5477 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension) |
| 5478 | continue; |
| 5479 | } |
| 5480 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, |
| 5481 | SL_INDEX (objfile), |
| 5482 | dn_bufp->dbegin.address, |
| 5483 | objfile, offset); |
| 5484 | SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = hpread_get_line (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile); |
| 5485 | } |
| 5486 | record_line (current_subfile, SYMBOL_LINE (sym), valu); |
| 5487 | break; |
| 5488 | |
| 5489 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: |
| 5490 | /* Begin a new scope. */ |
| 5491 | if (context_stack_depth == 1 /* this means we're at function level */ && |
| 5492 | context_stack[0].name != NULL /* this means it's a function */ && |
| 5493 | context_stack[0].depth == 0 /* this means it's the first BEGIN |
| 5494 | we've seen after the FUNCTION */ |
| 5495 | ) |
| 5496 | { |
| 5497 | /* This is the first BEGIN after a FUNCTION. |
| 5498 | * We ignore this one, since HP compilers always insert |
| 5499 | * at least one BEGIN, i.e. it's: |
| 5500 | * |
| 5501 | * FUNCTION |
| 5502 | * argument symbols |
| 5503 | * BEGIN |
| 5504 | * local symbols |
| 5505 | * (possibly nested BEGIN ... END's if there are inner { } blocks) |
| 5506 | * END |
| 5507 | * END |
| 5508 | * |
| 5509 | * By ignoring this first BEGIN, the local symbols get treated |
| 5510 | * as belonging to the function scope, and "print func::local_sym" |
| 5511 | * works (which is what we want). |
| 5512 | */ |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 | /* All we do here is increase the depth count associated with |
| 5515 | * the FUNCTION entry in the context stack. This ensures that |
| 5516 | * the next BEGIN we see (if any), representing a real nested { } |
| 5517 | * block, will get processed. |
| 5518 | */ |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | context_stack[0].depth++; |
| 5521 | |
| 5522 | } |
| 5523 | else |
| 5524 | { |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | /* Record lines up to this SLT pointer. */ |
| 5527 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, |
| 5528 | SL_INDEX (objfile), |
| 5529 | dn_bufp->dbegin.address, |
| 5530 | objfile, offset); |
| 5531 | /* Calculate start address of new scope */ |
| 5532 | valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile); |
| 5533 | valu += offset; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */ |
| 5534 | /* We use the scope start DNTT index as nesting depth identifier! */ |
| 5535 | desc = hpread_get_scope_start (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile); |
| 5536 | new = push_context (desc, valu); |
| 5537 | } |
| 5538 | break; |
| 5539 | |
| 5540 | case DNTT_TYPE_END: |
| 5541 | /* End a scope. */ |
| 5542 | |
| 5543 | /* Valid end kinds are: |
| 5544 | * MODULE |
| 5545 | * FUNCTION |
| 5546 | * WITH |
| 5547 | * COMMON |
| 5548 | * BEGIN |
| 5549 | * CLASS_SCOPE |
| 5550 | */ |
| 5551 | |
| 5552 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, |
| 5553 | SL_INDEX (objfile), |
| 5554 | dn_bufp->dend.address, |
| 5555 | objfile, offset); |
| 5556 | switch (dn_bufp->dend.endkind) |
| 5557 | { |
| 5558 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: |
| 5559 | /* Ending a module ends the symbol table for that module. |
| 5560 | * Calling end_symtab() has the side effect of clearing the |
| 5561 | * last_source_file pointer, which in turn signals |
| 5562 | * process_one_debug_symbol() to treat the next DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE |
| 5563 | * record as a module-begin. |
| 5564 | */ |
| 5565 | valu = text_offset + text_size + offset; |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | /* Tell our caller that we're done with expanding the |
| 5568 | * debug information for a module. |
| 5569 | */ |
| 5570 | *at_module_boundary_p = 1; |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | /* Don't do this, as our caller will do it! |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 | * (void) end_symtab (valu, objfile, 0); |
| 5575 | */ |
| 5576 | break; |
| 5577 | |
| 5578 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: |
| 5579 | /* Ending a function, well, ends the function's scope. */ |
| 5580 | dn_temp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index, |
| 5581 | objfile); |
| 5582 | valu = dn_temp->dfunc.hiaddr + offset; |
| 5583 | /* Insert func params into local list */ |
| 5584 | merge_symbol_lists (¶m_symbols, &local_symbols); |
| 5585 | new = pop_context (); |
| 5586 | /* Make a block for the local symbols within. */ |
| 5587 | finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks, |
| 5588 | new->start_addr, valu, objfile); |
| 5589 | WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 0; /* This may have to change for Pascal */ |
| 5590 | local_symbols = new->locals; |
| 5591 | param_symbols = new->params; |
| 5592 | break; |
| 5593 | |
| 5594 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: |
| 5595 | if (context_stack_depth == 1 && |
| 5596 | context_stack[0].name != NULL && |
| 5597 | context_stack[0].depth == 1) |
| 5598 | { |
| 5599 | /* This is the END corresponding to the |
| 5600 | * BEGIN which we ignored - see DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN case above. |
| 5601 | */ |
| 5602 | context_stack[0].depth--; |
| 5603 | } |
| 5604 | else |
| 5605 | { |
| 5606 | /* Ending a local scope. */ |
| 5607 | valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dend.address, objfile); |
| 5608 | /* Why in the hell is this needed? */ |
| 5609 | valu += offset + 9; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */ |
| 5610 | new = pop_context (); |
| 5611 | desc = dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index; |
| 5612 | if (desc != new->depth) |
| 5613 | lbrac_mismatch_complaint (symnum); |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | /* Make a block for the local symbols within. */ |
| 5616 | finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks, |
| 5617 | new->start_addr, valu, objfile); |
| 5618 | local_symbols = new->locals; |
| 5619 | param_symbols = new->params; |
| 5620 | } |
| 5621 | break; |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 | case DNTT_TYPE_WITH: |
| 5624 | /* Since we ignore the DNTT_TYPE_WITH that starts the scope, |
| 5625 | * we can ignore the DNTT_TYPE_END that ends it. |
| 5626 | */ |
| 5627 | break; |
| 5628 | |
| 5629 | case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON: |
| 5630 | /* End a FORTRAN common block. We don't currently handle these */ |
| 5631 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, |
| 5632 | _("unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_COMMON/DNTT_TYPE_END.\n")); |
| 5633 | break; |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE: |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 | /* pai: FIXME Not handling nested classes for now -- must |
| 5638 | * maintain a stack */ |
| 5639 | class_scope_name = NULL; |
| 5640 | |
| 5641 | #if 0 |
| 5642 | /* End a class scope */ |
| 5643 | valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dend.address, objfile); |
| 5644 | /* Why in the hell is this needed? */ |
| 5645 | valu += offset + 9; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */ |
| 5646 | new = pop_context (); |
| 5647 | desc = dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index; |
| 5648 | if (desc != new->depth) |
| 5649 | lbrac_mismatch_complaint ((char *) symnum); |
| 5650 | /* Make a block for the local symbols within. */ |
| 5651 | finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks, |
| 5652 | new->start_addr, valu, objfile); |
| 5653 | local_symbols = new->locals; |
| 5654 | param_symbols = new->params; |
| 5655 | #endif |
| 5656 | break; |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 | default: |
| 5659 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, |
| 5660 | _("internal error in hp-symtab-read.c: Unexpected DNTT_TYPE_END kind.")); |
| 5661 | break; |
| 5662 | } |
| 5663 | break; |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | /* DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT is not handled */ |
| 5666 | |
| 5667 | case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL: |
| 5668 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) = LABEL_DOMAIN; |
| 5669 | break; |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 | case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM: |
| 5672 | /* Function parameters. */ |
| 5673 | /* Note 1: This code was present in the 4.16 sources, and then |
| 5674 | removed, because fparams are handled in |
| 5675 | hpread_read_function_type(). However, while fparam symbols |
| 5676 | are indeed handled twice, this code here cannot be removed |
| 5677 | because then they don't get added to the local symbol list of |
| 5678 | the function's code block, which leads to a failure to look |
| 5679 | up locals, "this"-relative member names, etc. So I've put |
| 5680 | this code back in. pai/1997-07-21 */ |
| 5681 | /* Note 2: To fix a defect, we stopped adding FPARAMS to local_symbols |
| 5682 | in hpread_read_function_type(), so FPARAMS had to be handled |
| 5683 | here. I changed the location to be the appropriate argument |
| 5684 | kinds rather than LOC_LOCAL. pai/1997-08-08 */ |
| 5685 | /* Note 3: Well, the fix in Note 2 above broke argument printing |
| 5686 | in traceback frames, and further it makes assumptions about the |
| 5687 | order of the FPARAM entries from HP compilers (cc and aCC in particular |
| 5688 | generate them in reverse orders -- fixing one breaks for the other). |
| 5689 | So I've added code in hpread_read_function_type() to add fparams |
| 5690 | to a param_symbols list for the current context level. These are |
| 5691 | then merged into local_symbols when a function end is reached. |
| 5692 | pai/1997-08-11 */ |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 | break; /* do nothing; handled in hpread_read_function_type() */ |
| 5695 | |
| 5696 | #if 0 /* Old code */ |
| 5697 | if (dn_bufp->dfparam.regparam) |
| 5698 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGISTER; |
| 5699 | else if (dn_bufp->dfparam.indirect) |
| 5700 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG; |
| 5701 | else |
| 5702 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG; |
| 5703 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) = VAR_DOMAIN; |
| 5704 | if (dn_bufp->dfparam.copyparam) |
| 5705 | { |
| 5706 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dfparam.location; |
| 5707 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) |
| 5708 | += hpread_adjust_stack_address (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile)); |
| 5709 | } |
| 5710 | else |
| 5711 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dfparam.location; |
| 5712 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfparam.type, objfile); |
| 5713 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &fparam_symbols); |
| 5714 | break; |
| 5715 | #endif |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR: |
| 5718 | /* Static variables. */ |
| 5719 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_STATIC; |
| 5720 | |
| 5721 | /* Note: There is a case that arises with globals in shared |
| 5722 | * libraries where we need to set the address to LOC_INDIRECT. |
| 5723 | * This case is if you have a global "g" in one library, and |
| 5724 | * it is referenced "extern <type> g;" in another library. |
| 5725 | * If we're processing the symbols for the referencing library, |
| 5726 | * we'll see a global "g", but in this case the address given |
| 5727 | * in the symbol table contains a pointer to the real "g". |
| 5728 | * We use the storage class LOC_INDIRECT to indicate this. RT |
| 5729 | */ |
| 5730 | if (is_in_import_list (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), objfile)) |
| 5731 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_INDIRECT; |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 | SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = dn_bufp->dsvar.location + data_offset; |
| 5734 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dsvar.type, objfile); |
| 5735 | |
| 5736 | if (dn_bufp->dsvar.global) |
| 5737 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) |
| 5740 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols); |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 | else |
| 5743 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 | if (dn_bufp->dsvar.thread_specific) |
| 5746 | { |
| 5747 | /* Thread-local variable. |
| 5748 | */ |
| 5749 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_HP_THREAD_LOCAL_STATIC; |
| 5750 | SYMBOL_BASEREG (sym) = HPPA_CR27_REGNUM; |
| 5751 | |
| 5752 | if (objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) |
| 5753 | { |
| 5754 | /* |
| 5755 | * This variable is not only thread local but |
| 5756 | * in a shared library. |
| 5757 | * |
| 5758 | * Alas, the shared lib structures are private |
| 5759 | * to "somsolib.c". But C lets us point to one. |
| 5760 | */ |
| 5761 | struct so_list *so; |
| 5762 | struct hppa_objfile_private *priv; |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 | priv = (struct hppa_objfile_private *) |
| 5765 | objfile_data (objfile, hppa_objfile_priv_data); |
| 5766 | if (priv == NULL) |
| 5767 | error (_("Internal error in reading shared library information.")); |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | so = ((struct hppa_objfile_private *) priv)->so_info; |
| 5770 | if (so == NULL) |
| 5771 | error (_("Internal error in reading shared library information.")); |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 | /* Thread-locals in shared libraries do NOT have the |
| 5774 | * standard offset ("data_offset"), so we re-calculate |
| 5775 | * where to look for this variable, using a call-back |
| 5776 | * to interpret the private shared-library data. |
| 5777 | */ |
| 5778 | SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = dn_bufp->dsvar.location + |
| 5779 | gdbarch_tdep (current_gdbarch)->solib_thread_start_addr (so); |
| 5780 | } |
| 5781 | } |
| 5782 | break; |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR: |
| 5785 | /* Dynamic variables. */ |
| 5786 | if (dn_bufp->ddvar.regvar) |
| 5787 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGISTER; |
| 5788 | else |
| 5789 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_LOCAL; |
| 5790 | |
| 5791 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->ddvar.location; |
| 5792 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) |
| 5793 | += hpread_adjust_stack_address (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile)); |
| 5794 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->ddvar.type, objfile); |
| 5795 | if (dn_bufp->ddvar.global) |
| 5796 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); |
| 5797 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) |
| 5798 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols); |
| 5799 | else |
| 5800 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); |
| 5801 | break; |
| 5802 | |
| 5803 | case DNTT_TYPE_CONST: |
| 5804 | /* A constant (pascal?). */ |
| 5805 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST; |
| 5806 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dconst.location; |
| 5807 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dconst.type, objfile); |
| 5808 | if (dn_bufp->dconst.global) |
| 5809 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); |
| 5810 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) |
| 5811 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols); |
| 5812 | else |
| 5813 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); |
| 5814 | break; |
| 5815 | |
| 5816 | case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF: |
| 5817 | /* A typedef. We do want to process these, since a name is |
| 5818 | * added to the domain for the typedef'ed name. |
| 5819 | */ |
| 5820 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) = VAR_DOMAIN; |
| 5821 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, objfile); |
| 5822 | if (dn_bufp->dtype.global) |
| 5823 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); |
| 5824 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) |
| 5825 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols); |
| 5826 | else |
| 5827 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); |
| 5828 | break; |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 | case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF: |
| 5831 | { |
| 5832 | int global = dn_bufp->dtag.global; |
| 5833 | /* Structure, union, enum, template, or class tag definition */ |
| 5834 | /* We do want to process these, since a name is |
| 5835 | * added to the domain for the tag name (and if C++ class, |
| 5836 | * for the typename also). |
| 5837 | */ |
| 5838 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) = STRUCT_DOMAIN; |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 | /* The tag contains in its "type" field a pointer to the |
| 5841 | * DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT, DNTT_TYPE_UNION, DNTT_TYPE_ENUM, |
| 5842 | * DNTT_TYPE_CLASS or DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE |
| 5843 | * record that actually defines the type. |
| 5844 | */ |
| 5845 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, objfile); |
| 5846 | TYPE_NAME (sym->type) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym); |
| 5847 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (sym->type) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym); |
| 5848 | if (dn_bufp->dtag.global) |
| 5849 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); |
| 5850 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) |
| 5851 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols); |
| 5852 | else |
| 5853 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | /* If this is a C++ class, then we additionally |
| 5856 | * need to define a typedef for the |
| 5857 | * class type. E.g., so that the name "c" becomes visible as |
| 5858 | * a type name when the user says "class c { ... }". |
| 5859 | * In order to figure this out, we need to chase down the "type" |
| 5860 | * field to get to the DNTT_TYPE_CLASS record. |
| 5861 | * |
| 5862 | * We also add the typename for ENUM. Though this isn't |
| 5863 | * strictly correct, it is necessary because of the debug info |
| 5864 | * generated by the aCC compiler, in which we cannot |
| 5865 | * distinguish between: |
| 5866 | * enum e { ... }; |
| 5867 | * and |
| 5868 | * typedef enum { ... } e; |
| 5869 | * I.e., the compiler emits the same debug info for the above |
| 5870 | * two cases, in both cases "e" appearing as a tagdef. |
| 5871 | * Therefore go ahead and generate the typename so that |
| 5872 | * "ptype e" will work in the above cases. |
| 5873 | * |
| 5874 | * We also add the typename for TEMPLATE, so as to allow "ptype t" |
| 5875 | * when "t" is a template name. |
| 5876 | */ |
| 5877 | if (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)) |
| 5878 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtag.type.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 5879 | else |
| 5880 | { |
| 5881 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("error processing class tagdef")); |
| 5882 | return; |
| 5883 | } |
| 5884 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS || |
| 5885 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM || |
| 5886 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) |
| 5887 | { |
| 5888 | struct symbol *newsym; |
| 5889 | |
| 5890 | newsym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, |
| 5891 | sizeof (struct symbol)); |
| 5892 | memset (newsym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol)); |
| 5893 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (newsym) = name; |
| 5894 | SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (newsym) = language_auto; |
| 5895 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (newsym) = VAR_DOMAIN; |
| 5896 | SYMBOL_LINE (newsym) = 0; |
| 5897 | SYMBOL_VALUE (newsym) = 0; |
| 5898 | SYMBOL_CLASS (newsym) = LOC_TYPEDEF; |
| 5899 | SYMBOL_TYPE (newsym) = sym->type; |
| 5900 | if (global) |
| 5901 | add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &global_symbols); |
| 5902 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) |
| 5903 | add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &local_symbols); |
| 5904 | else |
| 5905 | add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &file_symbols); |
| 5906 | } |
| 5907 | } |
| 5908 | break; |
| 5909 | |
| 5910 | case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER: |
| 5911 | /* Declares a pointer type. Should not be necessary to do anything |
| 5912 | * with the type at this level; these are processed |
| 5913 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. |
| 5914 | */ |
| 5915 | break; |
| 5916 | |
| 5917 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM: |
| 5918 | /* Declares an enum type. Should not be necessary to do anything |
| 5919 | * with the type at this level; these are processed |
| 5920 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. |
| 5921 | */ |
| 5922 | break; |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM: |
| 5925 | /* Member of enum */ |
| 5926 | /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_enum_type() will take |
| 5927 | * care of walking the list of enumeration members. |
| 5928 | */ |
| 5929 | break; |
| 5930 | |
| 5931 | case DNTT_TYPE_SET: |
| 5932 | /* Declares a set type. Should not be necessary to do anything |
| 5933 | * with the type at this level; these are processed |
| 5934 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. |
| 5935 | */ |
| 5936 | break; |
| 5937 | |
| 5938 | case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE: |
| 5939 | /* Declares a subrange type. Should not be necessary to do anything |
| 5940 | * with the type at this level; these are processed |
| 5941 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. |
| 5942 | */ |
| 5943 | break; |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 | case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY: |
| 5946 | /* Declares an array type. Should not be necessary to do anything |
| 5947 | * with the type at this level; these are processed |
| 5948 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. |
| 5949 | */ |
| 5950 | break; |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 | case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT: |
| 5953 | case DNTT_TYPE_UNION: |
| 5954 | /* Declares an struct/union type. |
| 5955 | * Should not be necessary to do anything |
| 5956 | * with the type at this level; these are processed |
| 5957 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. |
| 5958 | */ |
| 5959 | break; |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 | case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD: |
| 5962 | /* Structure/union/class field */ |
| 5963 | /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_struct_type() will take |
| 5964 | * care of walking the list of structure/union/class members. |
| 5965 | */ |
| 5966 | break; |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 | /* DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT is not handled by GDB */ |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 | /* DNTT_TYPE_FILE is not handled by GDB */ |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE: |
| 5973 | /* Function type */ |
| 5974 | /* Ignored at this level, handled within hpread_type_lookup() */ |
| 5975 | break; |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 | case DNTT_TYPE_WITH: |
| 5978 | /* This is emitted within methods to indicate "with <class>" |
| 5979 | * scoping rules (i.e., indicate that the class data members |
| 5980 | * are directly visible). |
| 5981 | * However, since GDB already infers this by looking at the |
| 5982 | * "this" argument, interpreting the DNTT_TYPE_WITH |
| 5983 | * symbol record is unnecessary. |
| 5984 | */ |
| 5985 | break; |
| 5986 | |
| 5987 | case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON: |
| 5988 | /* FORTRAN common. Not yet handled. */ |
| 5989 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, |
| 5990 | _("unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_COMMON.")); |
| 5991 | break; |
| 5992 | |
| 5993 | /* DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT is not handled by GDB. */ |
| 5994 | /* DNTT_TYPE_XREF is not handled by GDB. */ |
| 5995 | /* DNTT_TYPE_SA is not handled by GDB. */ |
| 5996 | /* DNTT_TYPE_MACRO is not handled by GDB */ |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 | case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA: |
| 5999 | /* Not sure what this is - part of FORTRAN support maybe? |
| 6000 | * Anyway, not yet handled. |
| 6001 | */ |
| 6002 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, |
| 6003 | _("unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA.")); |
| 6004 | break; |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE: |
| 6007 | |
| 6008 | |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | /* The compiler brackets member functions with a CLASS_SCOPE/END |
| 6011 | * pair of records, presumably to put them in a different scope |
| 6012 | * from the module scope where they are normally defined. |
| 6013 | * E.g., in the situation: |
| 6014 | * void f() { ... } |
| 6015 | * void c::f() { ...} |
| 6016 | * The member function "c::f" will be bracketed by a CLASS_SCOPE/END. |
| 6017 | * This causes "break f" at the module level to pick the |
| 6018 | * the file-level function f(), not the member function |
| 6019 | * (which needs to be referenced via "break c::f"). |
| 6020 | * |
| 6021 | * Here we record the class name to generate the demangled names of |
| 6022 | * member functions later. |
| 6023 | * |
| 6024 | * FIXME Not being used now for anything -- cplus_demangle seems |
| 6025 | * enough for getting the class-qualified names of functions. We |
| 6026 | * may need this for handling nested classes and types. */ |
| 6027 | |
| 6028 | /* pai: FIXME Not handling nested classes for now -- need to |
| 6029 | * maintain a stack */ |
| 6030 | |
| 6031 | dn_temp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.type.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 6032 | if (dn_temp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF) |
| 6033 | class_scope_name = VT (objfile) + dn_temp->dtag.name; |
| 6034 | else |
| 6035 | class_scope_name = NULL; |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 | #if 0 |
| 6038 | |
| 6039 | /* Begin a new scope. */ |
| 6040 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, |
| 6041 | SL_INDEX (objfile), |
| 6042 | dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, |
| 6043 | objfile, offset); |
| 6044 | valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, objfile); |
| 6045 | valu += offset; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */ |
| 6046 | desc = hpread_get_scope_start (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, objfile); |
| 6047 | /* We use the scope start DNTT index as the nesting depth identifier! */ |
| 6048 | new = push_context (desc, valu); |
| 6049 | #endif |
| 6050 | break; |
| 6051 | |
| 6052 | case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE: |
| 6053 | /* Declares a C++ reference type. Should not be necessary to do anything |
| 6054 | * with the type at this level; these are processed |
| 6055 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. |
| 6056 | */ |
| 6057 | break; |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM: |
| 6060 | /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-data-member type. This does not |
| 6061 | * need to be handled at this level; being a type description it |
| 6062 | * is instead handled at the hpread_type_lookup() level. |
| 6063 | */ |
| 6064 | break; |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC: |
| 6067 | /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-function-member type. This does not |
| 6068 | * need to be handled at this level; being a type description it |
| 6069 | * is instead handled at the hpread_type_lookup() level. |
| 6070 | */ |
| 6071 | break; |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS: |
| 6074 | /* Declares a class type. |
| 6075 | * Should not be necessary to do anything |
| 6076 | * with the type at this level; these are processed |
| 6077 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. |
| 6078 | */ |
| 6079 | break; |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 | case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD: |
| 6082 | /* I believe this is used for class member functions */ |
| 6083 | /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_struct_type() will take |
| 6084 | * care of walking the list of class members. |
| 6085 | */ |
| 6086 | break; |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 | case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC: |
| 6089 | /* Virtual function */ |
| 6090 | /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in |
| 6091 | * the course of processing class symbols. |
| 6092 | */ |
| 6093 | break; |
| 6094 | |
| 6095 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS: |
| 6096 | /* DDE ignores this symbol table record. |
| 6097 | * It has something to do with "modified access" to class members. |
| 6098 | * I'll assume we can safely ignore it too. |
| 6099 | */ |
| 6100 | break; |
| 6101 | |
| 6102 | case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE: |
| 6103 | /* These don't have to be handled here, since they are handled |
| 6104 | * within hpread_read_struct_type() in the process of constructing |
| 6105 | * a class type. |
| 6106 | */ |
| 6107 | break; |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS: |
| 6110 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC: |
| 6111 | /* These can safely be ignored, as GDB doesn't need this |
| 6112 | * info. DDE only uses it in "describe". We may later want |
| 6113 | * to extend GDB's "ptype" to give this info, but for now |
| 6114 | * it seems safe enough to ignore it. |
| 6115 | */ |
| 6116 | break; |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER: |
| 6119 | /* Intended to supply "modified access" to a type */ |
| 6120 | /* From the way DDE handles this, it looks like it always |
| 6121 | * modifies a type. Therefore it is safe to ignore it at this |
| 6122 | * level, and handle it in hpread_type_lookup(). |
| 6123 | */ |
| 6124 | break; |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID: |
| 6127 | /* Just ignore this - that's all DDE does */ |
| 6128 | break; |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC: |
| 6131 | /* Member function */ |
| 6132 | /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in |
| 6133 | * the course of processing class symbols. |
| 6134 | */ |
| 6135 | break; |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC: |
| 6138 | /* Member function */ |
| 6139 | /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in |
| 6140 | * the course of processing class symbols. |
| 6141 | */ |
| 6142 | break; |
| 6143 | |
| 6144 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE: |
| 6145 | /* Template - sort of the header for a template definition, |
| 6146 | * which like a class, points to a member list and also points |
| 6147 | * to a TEMPLATE_ARG list of type-arguments. |
| 6148 | * We do not need to process TEMPLATE records at this level though. |
| 6149 | */ |
| 6150 | break; |
| 6151 | |
| 6152 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG: |
| 6153 | /* The TEMPLATE record points to an argument list of |
| 6154 | * TEMPLATE_ARG records, each of which describes one |
| 6155 | * of the type-arguments. |
| 6156 | * We do not need to process TEMPLATE_ARG records at this level though. |
| 6157 | */ |
| 6158 | break; |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE: |
| 6161 | /* This will get emitted for member functions of templates. |
| 6162 | * But we don't need to process this record at this level though, |
| 6163 | * we will process it in the course of processing a TEMPLATE |
| 6164 | * record. |
| 6165 | */ |
| 6166 | break; |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | case DNTT_TYPE_LINK: |
| 6169 | /* The LINK record is used to link up templates with instantiations. */ |
| 6170 | /* It is not clear why this is needed, and furthermore aCC does |
| 6171 | * not appear to generate this, so I think we can safely ignore it. - RT |
| 6172 | */ |
| 6173 | break; |
| 6174 | |
| 6175 | /* DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC is not handled by GDB */ |
| 6176 | /* DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE is not handled by GDB */ |
| 6177 | /* DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT is not handled by GDB */ |
| 6178 | /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN is not handled by GDB */ |
| 6179 | /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST is not handled by GDB */ |
| 6180 | /* DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS is not handled by GDB */ |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 | default: |
| 6183 | break; |
| 6184 | } |
| 6185 | } |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | /* Get nesting depth for a DNTT entry. |
| 6188 | * DN_BUFP points to a DNTT entry. |
| 6189 | * OBJFILE is the object file. |
| 6190 | * REPORT_NESTED is a flag; if 0, real nesting depth is |
| 6191 | * reported, if it is 1, the function simply returns a |
| 6192 | * non-zero value if the nesting depth is anything > 0. |
| 6193 | * |
| 6194 | * Return value is an integer. 0 => not a local type / name |
| 6195 | * positive return => type or name is local to some |
| 6196 | * block or function. |
| 6197 | */ |
| 6198 | |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | /* elz: ATTENTION: FIXME: NOTE: WARNING!!!! |
| 6201 | this function now returns 0 right away. It was taking too much time |
| 6202 | at start up. Now, though, the local types are not handled correctly. |
| 6203 | */ |
| 6204 | |
| 6205 | |
| 6206 | static int |
| 6207 | hpread_get_scope_depth (union dnttentry *dn_bufp, struct objfile *objfile, |
| 6208 | int report_nested) |
| 6209 | { |
| 6210 | int index; |
| 6211 | union dnttentry *dn_tmp; |
| 6212 | short depth = 0; |
| 6213 | /****************************/ |
| 6214 | return 0; |
| 6215 | /****************************/ |
| 6216 | |
| 6217 | index = (((char *) dn_bufp) - LNTT (objfile)) / (sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)); |
| 6218 | |
| 6219 | while (--index >= 0) |
| 6220 | { |
| 6221 | dn_tmp = hpread_get_lntt (index, objfile); |
| 6222 | switch (dn_tmp->dblock.kind) |
| 6223 | { |
| 6224 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: |
| 6225 | return depth; |
| 6226 | case DNTT_TYPE_END: |
| 6227 | /* index is signed int; dnttp.index is 29-bit unsigned int! */ |
| 6228 | index = (int) dn_tmp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index; |
| 6229 | break; |
| 6230 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: |
| 6231 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: |
| 6232 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION: |
| 6233 | case DNTT_TYPE_WITH: |
| 6234 | case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON: |
| 6235 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE: |
| 6236 | depth++; |
| 6237 | if (report_nested) |
| 6238 | return 1; |
| 6239 | break; |
| 6240 | default: |
| 6241 | break; |
| 6242 | } |
| 6243 | } |
| 6244 | return depth; |
| 6245 | } |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 | /* Adjust the bitoffsets for all fields of an anonymous union of |
| 6248 | type TYPE by negative BITS. This handles HP aCC's hideous habit |
| 6249 | of giving members of anonymous unions bit offsets relative to the |
| 6250 | enclosing structure instead of relative to the union itself. */ |
| 6251 | |
| 6252 | static void |
| 6253 | hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (struct type *type, int bits) |
| 6254 | { |
| 6255 | int i; |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 | /* This is done only for unions; caller had better check that |
| 6258 | it is an anonymous one. */ |
| 6259 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION) |
| 6260 | return; |
| 6261 | |
| 6262 | /* Adjust each field; since this is a union, there are no base |
| 6263 | classes. Also no static membes. Also, no need for recursion as |
| 6264 | the members of this union if themeselves structs or unions, have |
| 6265 | the correct bitoffsets; if an anonymous union is a member of this |
| 6266 | anonymous union, the code in hpread_read_struct_type() will |
| 6267 | adjust for that. */ |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++) |
| 6270 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) -= bits; |
| 6271 | } |
| 6272 | |
| 6273 | /* Return the adjustment necessary to make for addresses on the stack |
| 6274 | as presented by hpread.c. |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 | This is necessary because of the stack direction on the PA and the |
| 6277 | bizarre way in which someone (?) decided they wanted to handle |
| 6278 | frame pointerless code in GDB. */ |
| 6279 | int |
| 6280 | hpread_adjust_stack_address (CORE_ADDR func_addr) |
| 6281 | { |
| 6282 | struct unwind_table_entry *u; |
| 6283 | |
| 6284 | u = find_unwind_entry (func_addr); |
| 6285 | if (!u) |
| 6286 | return 0; |
| 6287 | else |
| 6288 | return u->Total_frame_size << 3; |
| 6289 | } |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 | /* Because of quirks in HP compilers' treatment of anonymous unions inside |
| 6292 | classes, we have to chase through a chain of threaded FIELD entries. |
| 6293 | If we encounter an anonymous union in the chain, we must recursively skip over |
| 6294 | that too. |
| 6295 | |
| 6296 | This function does a "next" in the chain of FIELD entries, but transparently |
| 6297 | skips over anonymous unions' fields (recursively). |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 | Inputs are the number of times to do "next" at the top level, the dnttpointer |
| 6300 | (FIELD) and entry pointer (FIELDP) for the dntt record corresponding to it, |
| 6301 | and the ubiquitous objfile parameter. (Note: FIELDP is a **.) Return value |
| 6302 | is a dnttpointer for the new field after all the skipped ones */ |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 | static dnttpointer |
| 6305 | hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (int skip_fields, dnttpointer field, |
| 6306 | union dnttentry **fieldp, |
| 6307 | struct objfile *objfile) |
| 6308 | { |
| 6309 | struct type *anon_type; |
| 6310 | int i; |
| 6311 | int bitoffset; |
| 6312 | char *name; |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | for (i = 0; i < skip_fields; i++) |
| 6315 | { |
| 6316 | /* Get type of item we're looking at now; recursively processes the types |
| 6317 | of these intermediate items we skip over, so they aren't lost. */ |
| 6318 | anon_type = hpread_type_lookup ((*fieldp)->dfield.type, objfile); |
| 6319 | anon_type = CHECK_TYPEDEF (anon_type); |
| 6320 | bitoffset = (*fieldp)->dfield.bitoffset; |
| 6321 | name = VT (objfile) + (*fieldp)->dfield.name; |
| 6322 | /* First skip over one item to avoid stack death on recursion */ |
| 6323 | field = (*fieldp)->dfield.nextfield; |
| 6324 | *fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile); |
| 6325 | /* Do we have another anonymous union? If so, adjust the bitoffsets |
| 6326 | of its members and skip over its members. */ |
| 6327 | if ((TYPE_CODE (anon_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION) && |
| 6328 | (!name || DEPRECATED_STREQ (name, ""))) |
| 6329 | { |
| 6330 | hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (anon_type, bitoffset); |
| 6331 | field = hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (TYPE_NFIELDS (anon_type), field, fieldp, objfile); |
| 6332 | } |
| 6333 | } |
| 6334 | return field; |
| 6335 | } |